Quarterlytics / Industrials / Consulting Services / Enero Group Limited / FY2020 Annual Report

Enero Group Limited
Annual Report 2020

EGG · ASX Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker EGG
Exchange ASX
Sector Industrials
Industry Consulting Services
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Enero Group Limited
Loading PDF…
CONNECTED
TO TOMORROW

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020

THE

Boutique
FORCE

IN MODERN
MARKETING

Enero Group is an international network of marketing 
and communications businesses located in  
seven countries and 14 cities with over 600 employees. 

Spanning the marketing services landscape, the Group 
is connected through three key service competencies:  

•  Creative and Content; 

•  PR and Integrated Communications; and

•  Digital, Data, Analytics and Technology. 

Together this is a powerful mix of capabilities centred 
around areas that clients want from their marketing 
services partners. As ‘marketing services’ has evolved 
and changed, so have we; and our Group will continue 
to grow and develop in new and exciting ways. We are 
a nimble team with a global perspective and our Group 
is very well positioned to take advantage of the  
exciting new developments taking place in our highly 
dynamic sector.

Our name means ‘January’ in Spanish, which is why  
we always look forward with optimism, energy and  
a zest for life. We prize diversity in thought and seek  
to unlock the unique talent that lies within each one  
of us, allowing our people the support, skills and 
training and culture that help them make their most 
effective contributions each and every day. 

The Group provides support across management, 
recruitment, learning and development, finance,  
legal, property and IT – allowing our client facing  
team members to focus on what they do best:  
serving our clients by delivering world class, highly 
effective outcomes, day-in, day-out. 

2   FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

3   GEOGRAPHICAL RESULTS

4   LETTER FROM THE CHAIR 

6   FY20 YEAR IN REVIEW

8  

 CLIENT ANALYSIS

14   THOUGHTFUL WORKING 

16   FINANCIAL REPORT

17    DIRECTORS’ REPORT  

(INCLUDING THE REMUNERATION REPORT)

31    CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

32    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

33    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

34    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

35    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

36    NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

70   DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION

71    INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

78    LEAD AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION

79    ASX ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

80  CORPORATE DIRECTORY

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020CREATIVE AND CONTENT

Long ideas in a world of short-term thinking 

Sydney based creative agency with capabilities in 
brand strategy, integrated campaign development, 
research, creative ideation and production, digital 
and interactive marketing, short and long form 
content, retail catalogues, design, CRM/direct 
marketing, proprietary photographic studios and 
the BMF Plus innovation suite.

PR AND INTEGRATED COMMUNICATIONS

The global tech communications consultancy 

Creating Talkability® 

A global technology communications consultancy 
operating from Sydney to San Francisco with a 
borderless mindset across 34 locations including 
the UK, US, France, Germany, Spain, Italy and 
Australia, together with exclusive partners Yellow 
Communications in the Netherlands and Belgium, 
Active DMC in the Middle East, The Hoffman Agency 
in Asia and VIANEWS in Brazil, as well as other 
affiliate partners.

London, Manchester and Sydney based creative 
communications agency helping brands lead, drive 
and own conversations. Insight-led, channel neutral, 
integrated campaigns that create ideas worth talking 
about – they call it Talkability®.

Informed. Strategic. Connected. 

Melbourne based public affairs and communications 
consultancy engaging governments, managing critical 
issues, and communicating with strategy to build 
reputation and influence.

DIGITAL, DATA, ANALYTICS AND TECHNOLOGY

Creating customer experiences for a modern world 

Unleashing hidden potential 

Sydney and New York based agency with capabilities 
in digital strategy, integrated campaign development, 
digital marketing, websites, content development, 
social, data, content management systems, 
technology integration, marketing automation 
and applications – all delivered with a customer 
experience focus.

Sydney based insight and analytics agency translating 
multiple data sources into ‘human analytics’. 
Capabilities in data synthesis and trends analysis, full 
service research, brand innovation, retail consulting 
and creative delivery.

Experts in online research and data delivery 

Sydney based online research agency specialising 
in digital research, online surveys and communities, 
access panel services, data integration and 
visualisation. 

Helping businesses access online  
advertising markets 

Online programmatic media and advertising network 
with advertiser and publisher monetisation solutions 
to maximise the value of publisher advertising space. 

1

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020FINANCIAL 
HIGHLIGHTS

NET
REVENUE

Operating
ebitda

OPERATING 
EBITDA  
MARGIN 

$135.8m

$24.4m

18%

UP 5%

UP 18%

UP 2BPS

Net profit after 
tax before 
significant items

Earnings Per 
Share before 
significant items

FY20  
Dividends 

$12.9m

15.0CPS

6.0CPS

UP 7%

UP 6%

UP 9%

2

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020GEOGRAPHICAL
RESULTS

GEOGRAPHICAL CONTRIBUTIONS 
FROM OPERATING COMPANIES

USA

NET REVENUE

29%

FY20

UK & Europe

Australia

NET REVENUE

28%

FY20

NET REVENUE

43%

FY20

OPERATING EBITDA

OPERATING EBITDA

OPERATING EBITDA

43%

FY20

19%

FY20

38%

FY20

3

28%45%40%19%41%FY19FY19FY19FY19FY1927%FY19Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020FROM OURLetter

CHAIR

4

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020FY20 WAS A YEAR WHERE THE RESILIENCE OF THE GROUP WAS  
TRULY TESTED AND YET THE GROUP MOVES INTO FY21 IN A STRONGER 
POSITION, WITH MORE OPPORTUNITIES THAN EVER BEFORE.

Dear Shareholders,

In what has been an unprecedented year in so many 
ways, I am very pleased to present my first report as 
Chair of Enero. 

FY20 was a year where the resilience of the Group 
was truly tested and yet the Group moves into FY21 
in a stronger position, with more opportunities 
than ever before. COVID-19 brought with it both 
internal and external challenges. Our initial priority 
and response to the pandemic was the wellbeing 
of our teams, their families and our clients. We 
immediately redeployed all 600 employees to work 
remotely from early March and the Group moved 
seamlessly into new ways of working with our 
clients. While managing a remote workforce in a 
‘people’ business has had its challenges, it has been 
wonderful to see the flexibility and commitment 
shown by our team. 

Despite the impact of COVID-19 across the second 
half of the year, all of our businesses increased 
their efforts in retaining and even growing their 
clients and achieved 5% organic revenue growth, 
which is an excellent result. The Group’s strong 
exposure to sectors such as technology, healthcare 
and consumer staples, coupled with the incredible 
efforts from our teams in continuing to deliver 
world-class work, contributed to this strong 
outcome. Diversity in the revenue base continues 
to be a key differentiator for the Group, with no 
single client making up more than 12% of Group 
net revenue. The simplification of the business 
portfolio has also helped to streamline our services 
and build businesses with more scale. We remain 
cautiously optimistic that organic revenue growth is 
achievable in FY21 despite the economic and health 
uncertainties that are ahead of us. 

FY20 delivered strong financial metrics in all 
aspects in a year where health and safety took 
greater priority than profits. The highlights were:

•  Operating EBITDA up 17.7% to $24.4 million; 

 •   Net profit to equity holders pre significant items 
of $12.9 million was 6.9% up on the prior year; 

•   Earnings per share pre significant items of  
15.0 cps was 5.6% up on the prior year; and

•   Cash conversion at 116% of EBITDA.  

In August 2020, the Board declared an FY20 
final dividend of 3.5 cents per share fully franked. 
This brings total dividends paid for FY20 to 6.0 
cents per share, fully franked – a 40% dividend 
payout ratio – and we are committed to returning 
funds to shareholders in line with our performance. 
Our conservative level of debt commitments in a 
business with a high degree of intangible assets was 
even more important in such economic uncertainty. 
As at 30 June 2020, the Group had a net cash 
position of $22.1 million. The maintenance of 
balance sheet flexibility at this time while we actively 
seek out new opportunities to grow will put us in a 
stronger position than our competitors.  

The Group’s size continues to be an advantage in 
a time where the ability to integrate capability is 
central to client needs. Our larger businesses are 
better equipped to attract and retain top talent in 
the market and win bigger clients. We will continue 
to focus capital deployment on the larger businesses 
to either increase geographic coverage in markets or 
expand capabilities. International markets have been 
the area of focus in line with our intention to unlock 
greater revenue opportunities. However, we are 
realistic that with limited travel for the foreseeable 
future, and cultural alignment being a critical factor 
in any acquisition, we will need to think laterally 
about how to achieve this. 

I’d like to extend my thanks to Matthew Melhuish, 
our former CEO, who resigned during the year after 
eight years in the role. Matthew left the Group with 
a legacy of positive momentum and a strong culture. 
Thank you to Brendan York and Fiona Chilcott for 
stepping in as joint acting CEOs for the period 
through to the end of the financial year, navigating 
the COVID-19 crisis and providing unwavering 
leadership. 

We are commencing the start of a new era for the 
Group with the appointment of new CEO Brent 
Scrimshaw effective 1 July 2020. Brent is a creative 
and brand-led business leader in media, publishing, 
technology, consumer, retail and sports. His  
18 years at Nike Inc. and experience across both 
agency and client sides in many of the geographies 
where the Group operates will ensure the Group 
is well placed for the future. The foundations of 
a nimble and flexible operating model combined 
with our strong financial position provide a great 
opportunity for Brent and the team to create the 
next phase of growth momentum.

Thank you to my fellow Board members for your 
warm welcome and support across the second half 
of the year. 

On behalf of the Board, I would like to sincerely 
thank all of our people for their incredible 
contribution over the past year. The energy, 
commitment and care shown for each other  
is a testament to our strong culture and values.

Finally, thank you to our shareholders for your 
ongoing support of the Group and I look forward  
to reporting back again next year.

ANN SHERRY 
Independent Non-Executive Chair

5

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 20200
2
Y
F

YEAR IN
Review

THE GROUP’S EXPOSURE TO STRONG INDUSTRY SECTORS SUCH AS TECHNOLOGY, 
HEALTHCARE AND CONSUMER STAPLES AND THE RESILIENCE OF OUR PEOPLE 
WHO CAME TOGETHER TO SUPPORT EACH OTHER RESULTED IN AN EXCEPTIONAL 
YEAR EVEN IN THE MOST DIFFICULT OF STORMS.

Dear Shareholders,

FY20 has been an unexpected year in so many 
ways. The impact of the global pandemic has 
demonstrated the Group’s resilience to turbulent 
market conditions, largely due to our exposure 
to strong industry sectors such as technology, 
healthcare and consumer staples. However,  
of equal importance has been the resilience  
of our people – who have come together, supported 
each other and proven that our strong culture  
of kindness is one that can weather even the  
most difficult of storms. We could not be more 
proud and grateful for the strength, resilience 
and empathy we have seen demonstrated by the 
remarkable group of people we work with.

Financial Results
The Group’s strategy to focus on industry sectors 
such as technology, healthcare and consumer 
staples has meant that despite COVID-19, the 
Group has had an exceptional year from a financial 
perspective. While COVID-19 resulted in more 
uncertainty in revenue pipeline and forecasting,  
an increased focus on organic revenue opportunities 
within the existing client base delivered net revenue 
in the second half of the year broadly consistent 
with the first half of the year. The higher revenue 
mix to sectors less impacted by COVID-19 gave the 
Group a stronger platform to manage the cost base. 
Careful cost base management and a reduction  
in operating costs – predominantly related to travel 
restrictions and office related costs – resulted  
in protection of margin. 

The Group has delivered substantial increases 
across key metrics including:

•  Revenue up 5% to $135.8 million;  

•   Operating EBITDA up 18% to $24.4 million;  

•   Operating EBITDA margin up 2bps to 18%;       

•   EBIT up 20% to $19.2 million; and

•   Net profit after tax pre significants to equity 

owners up 7% to $12.9 million.

International markets represent 57% of the  
Group’s Net Revenue and 62% of the Group’s 
Operating EBITDA. 

The Group maintained its focus on capital  
efficiency and cash conversion and delivered 
EBITDA to cash conversion at 116%. Net cash 
(allowing for contingent consideration liabilities)  
was $22.1 million at 30 June 2020.

Business Review

Australia
The Australian market performed well in FY20 
despite the difficult economic conditions. While the 
overall net revenue result was a 2.3% contraction 
year-on-year, Operating EBITDA contribution 
increased 7.5% with a simplified business portfolio. 
The consolidation of Precinct, our stakeholder 
communications business, into Hotwire, has given 
Hotwire a broader offering in the Australian market. 
The successful merger of Naked, our strategic and 
creative agency, into BMF, has provided more scale 
to BMF and a stronger pool of creative talent.

BMF was named ‘Australia’s most effective agency’ 
for the second time in three years. New business 
wins included Rest Super, Coca-Cola, Blundstone 
and Voyages. BMF continues to be a trusted  
partner to longstanding clients including ALDI,  
the Australian Federal Government and BPAY.

Orchard continued its impressive growth this year. 
Wins during the year included Royal Australian 
College of General Practitioners, Biogen, BPAY and 
Hoyts. Orchard has a large contribution of revenue 
from the healthcare sector – including relationships 
with some of the world’s largest pharmaceutical 
companies as well as smaller, emerging health service 
clients. Orchard’s enterprise level digital capability 
is opening up many Group related opportunities, 
particularly between BMF and Orchard. 

6

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020BRENDAN YORK 
Chief Financial Officer

FIONA CHILCOTT 
Chief People Officer  

The smaller agencies in Australia – Hotwire, Frank, 
The Leading Edge and CPR – all traded in line with 
the prior year and are actively collaborating on more 
client opportunities, which is providing simpler 
client entry points for the Group. 

OBMedia, the Group’s programmatic marketing 
specialist whose platform connects publishers  
with search engines, grew revenue and margin  
in the current period following increased demand  
for search during COVID-19.

UK and Europe
The UK and European market had a tougher year 
as the impacts of COVID-19 were more pronounced 
than in our other markets. Additionally, the Group 
made important investments in senior hires across 
the UK and Europe in the first half of the year, ahead 
of the revenue curve, which ultimately impacted 
the margin contribution. These investments were 
necessary to ensure both Hotwire and Frank continue 
to be progressive and dynamic businesses in a 
changing integrated communications market; and will 
ultimately lead to stronger returns in coming years. 

The investment in new senior hires and Hotwire’s 
focus on technology clients in the UK led to current 
year wins of NTT, Zoom, Wrike, OKCupid and 
Ubisoft; while across the European offices, key 
wins included Group SEB, FM Global, Atlassian 
and Amazon Kindle. Frank was more impacted by 
COVID-19 given its greater exposure to consumer 
brand clients, but it continues to provide effective 
communications campaigns and has refreshed its 
strategic offer during the year.

USA
The USA market continued its growth acceleration 
with strong performances from both Hotwire and 
OBMedia. New Hotwire clients include Avaya, 
Intermedia, eBay and Pinterest along with strong 
organic growth from the existing technology client 
base of Adobe, Facebook, NetApp and Commvault.  

The Hotwire USA market continues to provide material 
global multi-office opportunities across the entire 
Hotwire international network. The business has also 
invested in strategy, design and insights capability. 

The outstanding work we deliver to our clients is not 
possible without the exceptional group of people 
who work for our businesses. While we needed to 
make some changes to the way we work in response 
to COVID-19, our existing culture of flexibility across 
the Group meant we moved into a fully remote 
working environment seamlessly. Our strategic 
people focus continues to be the growth, training, 
development and support of our people. We remain 
committed as a Group that is both passionate and 
active in the area of diversity and inclusion, with  
a strong focus on the wellbeing and the mental 
health of our people. The complicated and difficult 
external environment this year has meant our 
existing wellbeing programs have been more 
important than ever as we have had to adapt our 
ways of working and in particular provide additional 
support to our working parents and caregivers. 

We will continue to look for opportunities to invest  
in new talent and capabilities across the Group, 
while ensuring we retain the strong culture that 
currently exists.

On behalf of the Enero Executive Team, we would 
like to say a heartfelt ‘thank you’ to each and every 
one of our people for your commitment, passion, 
dedication and resilience. 

Brendan York and Fiona Chilcott 
Chief Financial Officer and Chief People Officer  
(Co-Acting CEOs)

7

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020CLIENT
ANALYSIS

A ROBUST  
CLIENT MIX
Strong client diversification with mix 
of clients across market industries and 
sectors and the largest client represents 
12% of Group Net Revenue.

STREAMLINED 
PERFORMANCE
Top 10 clients represent 41% of total 
revenue across > 500 client relationships. 
Efforts across the Group to maximise 
larger clients with more touchpoints have 
resulted in a smaller number of overall 
client relationships.

SECTOR  
MIX
Higher sector exposure to areas  
which were more insulated from  
COVID-19 impacts.

29%

18%

14%

10%

7%

7%

5%

4%

4%

1%

1%

Information Technology

Media

Consumer Staples/Retail

Healthcare

Manufacturing

Services

Transportation, Airlines  
and Automotive

Banking, Finance  
and Insurance

Telecommunications

Utilities  
and Energy

Property  
and Construction

8

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020INFORMATION 
TECHNOLOGY

HOTWIRE
The global tech communications consultancy.

With over 20 years’ tech experience, Hotwire is the 
pre-eminent global tech communications consultancy 
for innovative tech brands. Igniting positive actions 
for clients and an understanding in all aspects of 
communications, branding and digital marketing 
allows Hotwire to spark audience curiosity and hero 
the possibilities of technology. 

Technology has been a primary driver of global 
economic growth as technology and digital 
transformation forces organisations to adapt business 
models and shift consumers to an online world. 
The fundamental shift in behaviour has protected 
the tech sector from the worst of recent economic 
uncertainty, as businesses continue to embrace 
everything from remote working to home schooling. 
Hotwire expects this need to continue and the tech 
sector to maintain at a consistent velocity for the 
foreseeable future. 

Hotwire has pivoted its work in the past four months 
to adapt to the changing environment. In all of its 
offices, Hotwire’s digital-led strategy helped its 
clients maintain connection with their customers 
through online events, increasing social campaigns 
and advising clients on content creation sensitive  
to the conditions that the country was facing. 
Hotwire also provided guidance to the industry  
on how to best communicate and manage in a work 
from home environment. 

As the business expands and commences a new 
three-year plan, Hotwire aims to retain its position  
as one of the world’s leading technology 
communications consultancies. Deep expertise  
in technology, coupled with global scale, places 
Hotwire at the heart of the most dynamic market 
sector in the world’s economy. The broad definition  
of innovation and technology, combined with the 
promise to ignite the unrealised possibilities of tech 
through data-driven communications solutions, will 
drive continued growth.

CUTTING THROUGH THE NOISE
Client: Kiva

Kiva, a mission driven technology non-profit, wanted to cut through 
the noise around International Women’s Day (IWD), which is a busy 
media moment—including celebrity and big brand campaigns—
and demonstrate Kiva’s investment in women in the lead up to 
IWD,generating awareness and ultimately driving Americans to loan 
to women on Kiva.org. 

Armed with a small budget, big expectations and less than 4 weeks 
to deliver a campaign, Hotwire leveraged online communities and 
influencers to help appeal to a mass audience and drive online loans 
to women across the world. The team developed an idea around 
the statement ‘A powerful woman is...’–helping to redefine what a 
powerful woman represents in 2020 and highlight the diverse and 
empowering women across the Kiva platform. The aim: celebrate the 
amazing stories and qualities of powerful women on the platform 
and beyond.

DELIVERING THOUGHT LEADERSHIP AND  
BRAND RESURGENCE WITH PURPOSE
Client: Commvault    

In 2019, Hotwire partnered with Commvault, a leader in the data 
management, backup, archive and disaster recovery market, to 
revamp a 30-year old brand through heroing the organisation’s new 
CEO and their first ever acquisition. Campaign objectives included 
driving thought leadership, increasing brand differentiation and 
delivering personified brand awareness through engagement with 
media, influencers, customers and prospects.

The campaign, included media outreach, social content, paid follower 
campaigns, industry rapid response programs and executive thought 
leadership. Before and during the CEO announcement, Hotwire was a 
true partner to Commvault – and the results are proof of that.

The campaign resulted in 45 pieces of US coverage and three pieces of 
analyst coverage. Social media results included 16 million impressions, 
1,700 posts and 871 individuals engaged, measured through 
BrandWatch. Around the CEO announcement alone, the Americas had 
a 21% SOV among priority media and 30% SOV worldwide. 

Hotwire and Commvault continue their international partnership 
around new announcements and ongoing project work.

9

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020EXPERT ADVICE MATTERS
Client: RACGP

General Practitioners (GPs) are responsible for safeguarding 
the nation’s health. They administer life-saving vaccines and 
prevent, diagnose and treat numerous chronic health conditions. 
They are also at the front line managing mental health concerns 
and domestic violence.

The COVID-19 pandemic was accompanied by a steep decline 
in GP visits. Many worried that visiting their doctor would 
overload the health system or expose them to the virus. The 
Royal Australian College of General Practitioners (RACGP) was 
concerned that these reductions in GP consultations could lead to 
increased health problems. 

The RACGP turned to Orchard to reinforce the vital role played 
by GPs. We developed the Expert Advice Matters campaign 
to spread public awareness that seeing your GP during the 
pandemic was simple and safe, both in-person or via telehealth. 

The campaign used a simple but arresting creative device 
of visually editing the text spoken by vulnerable people in 
need of help. This showed how GPs can quickly cut through 
misconceptions and misinformation to offer reliable expert 
advice, treatment and support. 

The campaign was successful, creating a positive shift in 
awareness and attitude towards telehealth and increased 
awareness for safe in-person consultations.

HEALTHCARE

ORCHARD
Creating customer experiences  
for a modern world.

Founded in 2006 and joining Enero in 2018, 
Orchard’s core belief has always been to  
‘invent better’.

Orchard’s investment into healthcare started some 
13 years ago, when the need for an agency to have 
qualified medical and scientific talent was emerging 
and the sector began to embrace digital. Today’s 
agency offering has to be sector focused and more 
niche. Clients want expert category advice, not just 
core competence in discipline; and from pioneering 
with pharmaceutical companies, the agency is now 
recognised as one of the leading health-focused 
agencies in the country. 

Orchard’s capability extends to consumer sectors 
with a heavy reliance on digital including automotive 
and finance. This client mix along with a strategy 
underpinned by a digital DNA delivers a modern 
agency service proposition. With the team now in 
excess of 105 employees from its Sydney base and 
a thriving New York office – and a nominated finalist 
for digital agency of the year – the needs of clients 
are served today while ensuring that Orchard is also 
part of the conversation for the future.  

Orchard’s work in the healthcare sector partnering 
with pharmaceutical brands has continued unabated 
during COVID-19 as there is a more pressing need 
to ensure that healthcare professionals are well 
informed about the latest news and medications. 
During a once in a lifetime pandemic it was also 
rewarding for the team to do purposeful work such 
as for the Royal Australian College of General 
Practitioners communicating to the public about why 
they needed to speak to a GP and the new options 
for telemedicine that were available. 

THE AGENCY IS NOW 
RECOGNISED AS  
ONE OF THE LEADING  
HEALTH-FOCUSED 
AGENCIES  
IN THE COUNTRY

10

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020CPR:
Public affairs and strategic communications 
delivering impact.

Over a 25-year history, CPR has established a strong 
reputation in public affairs, issues management, 
government relations and communications. More 
recently these services have focused on medical 
research, specialising in understanding how medical 
institutions and governments can work together to 
create the jobs and medicines for the future. 

In the past six months, CPR has been instrumental 
in assisting medical research institutes and alliances 
communicate with State and Federal governments 
around policy settings and funding to help the 
sector thrive. By successful media positioning 
of local researchers and leveraging government 
engagement, CPR is assisting medical researchers 
to work towards reviving the health economy and 
mitigate disruption to global supply chains. In the 
current climate, where governments are racing for 
a COVID-19 vaccine, the local development and 
manufacturing of drugs and devices has never been 
more important. 

CPR continues to work with a range of leading 
institutes including the Victorian Chapter of 
the Australian Association of Medical Research 
Institutes, the Walter and Eliza Hall Institute, the 
Hudson Institute, the National Aging Research 
Institute and Melbourne Genomics. CPR has also 
expanded into the fields of digital health and 
medical devices.

ACCELERATING NEW MEDICINES FOR THE 
WALTER AND ELIZA HALL INSTITUTE
Client: Walter and Eliza Hall Institute  

In FY19/20 one of CPR’s most successful projects was working 
with the Walter and Eliza Hall Institute to assist with securing 
funding from the Victorian and Australian governments for the 
National Drug Discovery Centre in Parkville. 

The centre is a state-of-the-art facility which will use the latest 
advanced robotic, high-throughput screening technologies to  
fast-track medicines to Australian patients. 

The $117 million centre was assisted through an $18 million 
funding commitment from the Victorian Government and a  
$25 million funding commitment from the Australian Government. 

The centre was launched in May 2019 at an event attended by 
both the Victorian and Australian Ministers for Health. The first two 
recipients of government-subsidised screens will be projects to find 
new medicines for cancer immunotherapy and type 2 diabetes. 

CLEAN UP YOUR MOUTH
Client: Oral-B    

P&G partnered with Orchard to tackle electric toothbrush adoption. 
With only 20% of Aussies using an electric brush, they had to 
encourage manual brushing switch. The problem was, most Aussies 
don’t believe anything’s wrong with regular brushing. 

As Oral-B’s manual toothbrush market share wasn’t a concern,  
an opportunity emerged to tackle the problem at a category level. 
With proof that electric toothbrushes remove 100% more plaque  
vs. manual brushing, this led to the approach: Given a choice,  
why would you only do half the job? 

The campaign portrayed a number of famously foul-mouthed 
architypes like builders, footie fans and truckies in compromising 
situations where profanity is expected. At these moments, the 
expectation was subverted with surprisingly polite, cordial responses 
taking profanity’s place. Brushing with Oral-B electric, they’d 
cleaned up their mouths. 

Delivering a long-term comms platform, the #CleanUpYourMouth 
campaign was led by two hero VOD and pre-roll 30 second 
executions, alongside search, display and accompanying PR activity 
seeking the Australian town most in need of cleaning up its mouth. 

Breaking ground as the first local Oral-B creative in recent years, 
the campaign achieved significant results, with over 7 million views 
since launch.cupissunt rehenditas et lam endaesc iliquam laborem. 

11

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020CONSUMER 
STAPLES / RETAIL

BMF
Long ideas in a world of short-term thinking.

BMF knows retail inside out. The retail game is  
a high performance sport – competitive, reactive 
and ever-changing – keeping BMF fit in the world  
of marketing and communications. BMF has banked  
19 years of that experience so far; that’s how long 
it has been ALDI’s marketing and communications 
partner. From when it started in one store in 
Marrickville to over 500 stores now. From when  
it was an unfamiliar, foreign grocery store to being 
Australia’s most trusted brand in 2018 and 2019 
and realising its brand platform of ‘Good Different’, 
a philosophy that defines and guides ALDI.  

BMF has supported businesses and brands to stand 
up and stand out during this time of uncertainty. 
Simple, strong, on-point communications that 
needed to read the nation’s mood and be sensitive 
to that. BMF offered advice, solutions, best practice 
case studies and principles to build confidence on 
how to navigate a new norm. 

From fast paced retail, which as an essential service 
had to stand up in a time of need, BMF is the 
trusted partner to deliver government behaviour 
change campaigns that speak to every Australian  
at both Federal and State levels. For the Department 
of Social Services, BMF needed to work at pace  
and with incredible sensitivity to promote the 
support services for domestic violence during an 
increased time of stress. BMF did this through the 
‘Help is here’ campaign which let victims know 
that support was there, even when they were in 
lockdown. This work supports BMF’s ‘Stop it at  
the Start’ inter-generational campaign to reduce 
violence against women, now running over four years. 

In difficult economic times, BMF continues to build 
long-term communications platforms that are highly 
effective at driving positive business and behaviour 
change outcomes. The agency has been recognised 
as being one of the most effective in Australia, with 
two Most Effective agency wins in the last three 
years. The strong blend of strategic rigor, creative 
excellence and operational high performance is what 
makes BMF unique and able to pivot in these times 
and find a new normal working rhythm. 

12

EVERY BIT BETTER
Client: George Weston Foods – Abbott’s Village Bakery 

By positioning Abbott’s as the loaf for all occasions, BMF created 
George Weston Foods’ most successful premium launch to date. Not 
only staving off deletion but leaving the retailers asking for more.

BMF took a me-too bread brand at risk of being delisted, identified 
an untapped need and reinvented Abbott’s Village Bakery (AVB) 
in a stale category. At its core, the campaign launched a comms 
idea born out of collaboration, that lived on pack and in every bite. 
A sensory feast in its own right, right down to the very last crumb. 
AVB managed to beat unit sales target twice over, preventing what 
would’ve otherwise been a 25% decline, making Abbott’s Village 
Bakery a breadwinner. 

PRECEDENTED PRICES 
Client: ALDI

Unprecedented Good Different 
Everything was going to plan. Until it wasn’t. 
Everyone was under incredible pressure to deliver 
reassurance to the worried masses. And as much 
as BMF didn’t want to trivialise, the agency 
equally didn’t want ALDI to fall into ‘brand COVID’ 
conventions. Whether it was communicating ALDI’s 
new safety measures or thanking the hard-working 
staff, BMF used its Good Different platform to 
make sure it remained authentically ALDI.

Reassuring the nation ALDI’s low prices aren’t  
going anywhere 
Economic uncertainty. Shrinking family budgets. 
And an unprecedented spike in the use of the word 
‘unprecedented’. People could do with grocery 
prices that stayed low, predictable and undramatic. 
So, BMF launched a new campaign for ALDI to 
remind Australians that unprecedented times call 
for precedented prices. And ALDI kept its humour 
during COVID, when everyone else lost theirs.

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020FRANK
Creating Talkability at the heart  
of everything they do.

Frank by name and Frank by nature – a straight-
talking strategic communications consultancy, 
driving actionable change through insight-led and 
corporate PR, social and influencer marketing 
campaigns. Frank is channel neutral, leading with 
great ideas at the core of its business delivered 
through paid, earned, shared and owned media 
channels. Most prominently recognised for consumer 
campaigns, Frank’s reach also spans FMCG, finance 
and the communications industries. The past 
year has accelerated consumer demand for brand 
transparency, authenticity and genuine action. 
Frank has been able to successfully collaborate 
with clients to craft ideas that will drive change and 
transform brands and businesses globally.

COVID-19 has directly impacted consumers and  
in turn their behaviour, rituals and spending habits. 
At a time where people found comfort with their 
familiar favourites and food was being stockpiled 
across the UK, Frank activated the Weetabix 
‘Fuelling the Nation’ campaign. Frank remotely 
filmed a team during their ‘new normal’ morning 
meeting – displaying the role that Weetabix plays 
for consumers. The idea resonated with those 
experiencing the same feeling – resulting  
in 8% engagement and hundreds of thousands  
of views online.

In the coming year, Frank will continue to navigate  
a diverse range of sectors and constantly evolve to push 
the boundaries when it comes to its service offering. 
From digital content to community management and 
purpose-led corporate reputation campaigns, Frank will 
embrace the honest and transparent role of social and 
win brand fans in the process.

WEETABIX FUELLING THE NATION
Client: Weetabix  

While the world went into lockdown, Weetabix saw a happy spike 
in sales as people found comfort in their ‘familiar favourites’ and 
stockpiled breakfast cereal. It really was no lie that we were fulling 
the nation. With the strapline ‘Have You Had Yours’ feeling a little 
opportunistic at such an unsettling time, Weetabix wanted to convey 
the reliability two Weetabix and milk provides every day, even 
in lockdown. Frank filmed remotely a now normal morning team 
meeting which subtly showed the role Weetabix consistently plays f 
or consumers. The content was shared and boosted, striking a chord 
with those experiencing the same thing, resulting 8% engagement 
rate and hundreds of thousands of views.

BMF HAS SUPPORTED 
BUSINESSES AND 
BRANDS TO STAND UP 
AND STAND OUT 
DURING THIS TIME  
OF UNCERTAINTY

13

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020Thoughtful

working

At Enero, we employ great people. An international 
workforce brimming with talent, potential and 
creativity. Teams of outstanding individuals who  
can be relied upon to go above and beyond  
in delivering exceptional results for our clients.

We are firm believers in the power of kindness. 
Treating people with fairness and respect is an 
important part of our culture. We want our people 
to feel like they are doing their best work with 
colleagues who connect on an emotional level and 
take the trouble to understand the context of our 
lives and the things that matter to us. 

At Enero, our agencies believe that work is a thing 
you produce, not a place you go each day. Our largest 
agency Hotwire practice ‘Thoughtful Working’ –  
which is so much more than a flexible working  
or work from home policy – it is a philosophy the 
organisation lives by and employees are encouraged 
to work where they will be most effective for their 
clients, their colleagues and themselves. It has 
provided Hotwire access to a broader, more diverse 
talent pool in the highly competitive markets in which 
it operates. These existing work practices meant 
that our agencies were well placed to quickly move 
to a completely remote workforce during country 
lockdowns as a result of COVID-19.

All about experience
“People will forget what you said, people will forget 
what you did, but people will never forget how you 
made them feel.” – Maya Angelou. This sentiment  
is carried over to each business at Enero. Experience 
is the foundation that influences emotion and 
encourages new ideas and successes.  

14

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020Regardless of working location, with the latest 
technology solutions we’re able to facilitate 
collaboration between locations and global teams 
– making the experience as seamless as possible. 
Collaboration tools like Slack, Teams and Zoom 
have bridged the location gap between employees, 
allowing them to work and ‘meet’ face-to-face just 
as they would if they were sitting in the same room. 

Diversity and inclusion
Beyond our global Diversity and Inclusion (D&I) 
strategies, each business focuses on continually 
doing better – driving equality to the people who  
are experiencing any form of marginalisation  
and discrimination; ensuring we’re treated equally 
and that our differences are respected.

15

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020FINANCIAL
REPORT

for year ended 30 June 2020

16

Directors’ Report 

The Directors present their report, together with the 

financial statements of Enero Group Limited (the 

David Brain – Independent Non-Executive Director 

David was appointed as a Non-Executive Director of the 

Company) and of the Group, being the Company and its 

Company on 10 May 2018. David has over 25 years’ 

controlled entities, for the year ended 30 June 2020; and 

experience in public relations and integrated 

the auditor’s report thereon. 

Directors 

The Directors of the Company at any time during or since 

the end of the financial year are: 

Ann Sherry AO – Independent Non-Executive Chairman 

Ann was appointed as Chair and Non-Executive Director 

on 1 January 2020. Ann is a recognised business leader in 

Australia who is currently a Director of ASX listed National 

Australia Bank, Chair of its Customer Committee and a 

member of its Remuneration Committee. Ann is also a 

Director of ASX listed Sydney Airport, Chair of its 

Remuneration and Nomination Committee, as well as a 

member of its Safety, Security and Sustainability 

Committee. Ann is Chair of UNICEF Australia and also a 

Director of international advisory firm The Palladium Group, 

Infrastructure Victoria, Cape York Partnerships, and the 

Museum of Contemporary Art. Ann is the former Chair and 

Chief Executive Officer of Carnival Australia and continues 

as an adviser to Carnival. She was previously at Westpac 

for 12 years and was the CEO of Bank of Melbourne and 

the CEO of Westpac New Zealand and Pacific Banking. In 

2015, Ann was named the overall winner of the AFR 100 

Women of Influence for her corporate leadership and 

achievements in promoting diversity and female 

representation across a variety of sectors during her 30- 

year career. Ann is Chair of the Remuneration and 

Nomination Committee. 

Susan McIntosh – Non-Executive Director 

Susan was appointed as a Non-Executive Director of the 

Company on 2 June 2000. Susan has more than 25 years’ 

business experience in media (international television 

production and distribution and radio) and asset 

management, and is the Managing Director of RG Capital 

Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd. Prior to joining RG Capital, 

Susan was Chief Financial Officer of Grundy Worldwide Ltd 

and played an integral role in the establishment of its 

international television operations and in the eventual sale 

of the company in 1995. Susan was previously a Director 

of RG Capital Radio Ltd and E*TRADE Aust Ltd. Susan is 

a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants. Susan 

is a member of the Audit and Risk Committee, and the 

Remuneration and Nomination Committee. 

Anouk Darling – Independent Non-Executive Director 

Anouk was appointed as a Non-Executive Director of the 

Company on 6 February 2017. Anouk has over 20 years’ 

experience in marketing and brand strategy. Anouk is a 

Director of ASX-Listed Macquarie Telecom Limited 

(effective March 2012) as well as a member of its Audit and 

Risk Committee and Remuneration and Nomination 

Committee. Anouk is also a Board member of Discovery 

Holiday Parks and is Chair of the People and 

Remuneration Committee. Anouk also holds an executive 

role, as CEO of Scape and Urbanest (Australia’s largest 

owner and operator of purpose-built student 

accommodation assets). Anouk is Chair of the Audit and 

Risk Committee. 

communications. David’s most recent Executive role was 

as a Director of the Group supervisory board of Edelman 

(the world’s largest Public Relations firm), and a member of 

its global management board. During 13 years at Edelman, 

he was CEO of the Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 

region and, latterly, CEO of Asia Pacific Middle East and 

Africa (APACMEA). Prior to Edelman, David was Co-CEO 

of Weber-Shandwick UK and Managing Director at Burson-

Marsteller UK. He has also worked in Corporate Affairs at 

Visa International and as a planner in advertising. David is 

currently an Advisory Board member of The Spinoff, New 

Zealand’s most successful online news magazine; and an 

investor and Advisory Board member of Parkable, a New 

Zealand based new economy business. David is a member 

of the Audit and Risk Committee. 

Ian Rowden – Independent Non-Executive Director 

Ian was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on  

21 November 2018. Ian is a recognised global business 

leader whose career has spanned marketing, operational 

and commercial leadership roles across four continents 

with some of the world’s most admired brands and in the 

world’s most diverse marketplaces. Ian began his career 

with The Coca-Cola Company in Sydney, Australia in 1980 

and for over 20 years he held numerous senior executive 

roles with that company worldwide. These included Region 

President for the China Division based in Hong Kong and 

Global Head of Consumer Communications based in 

Atlanta, Georgia. From 2000 to 2004 he served as Chief 

Marketing Officer for The Callaway Golf Company. In 2004 

he joined Wendy’s International as Chief Marketing Officer, 

a position he held until 2007 when he was appointed 

Chairman and CEO, Asia Pacific for Saatchi & Saatchi. 

From 2011 to 2015 he served as Partner at The Virgin 

Group and concurrently as a Board Member of Virgin 

Galactic and Virgin Produced. Ian is a Director of ASX  

listed Reliance Worldwide Corporation Limited (effective 

July 2020); is currently a member of the Investment 

Advisory Board of Innovate Partners LLC, a Los Angeles 

area based venture capital firm; and is a Board member of 

private Companies Brightguard and Miami Ad School (US), 

a non-profit entity. Ian is a member of the Remuneration 

and Nomination Committee. 

Brent Scrimshaw – CEO and Executive Director 

Brent was appointed Chief Executive Officer and Executive 

Director of the Company on 1 July 2020. Brent is a creative 

and brand led business leader in media, publishing, 

technology, consumer, retail and sports. Brent spent 18 

years at Nike Inc. including three years as Vice 

President/Chief Executive Western Europe based in 

Amsterdam, and Vice President and Chief Marketing 

Officer EMEA, along with other leadership roles in general 

marketing and management in Europe, the USA and 

Australia. Brent was also part of Nike’s global commercial 

operations team contributing to the development of the 

Nike Inc. business and brand strategy in its priority 

geographies worldwide. Brent was the founder and CEO of 

Unscriptd, a technology led sports media company, which 

was acquired by New York publisher The Players Tribune 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    17 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
Directors’ Report 

DIRECTORS’  
REPORT

The Directors present their report, together with the 
financial statements of Enero Group Limited (the 
Company) and of the Group, being the Company and its 
controlled entities, for the year ended 30 June 2020; and 
the auditor’s report thereon. 

Directors 
The Directors of the Company at any time during or since 
the end of the financial year are: 

Ann Sherry AO – Independent Non-Executive Chairman 
Ann was appointed as Chair and Non-Executive Director 
on 1 January 2020. Ann is a recognised business leader in 
Australia who is currently a Director of ASX listed National 
Australia Bank, Chair of its Customer Committee and a 
member of its Remuneration Committee. Ann is also a 
Director of ASX listed Sydney Airport, Chair of its 
Remuneration and Nomination Committee, as well as a 
member of its Safety, Security and Sustainability 
Committee. Ann is Chair of UNICEF Australia and also a 
Director of international advisory firm The Palladium Group, 
Infrastructure Victoria, Cape York Partnerships, and the 
Museum of Contemporary Art. Ann is the former Chair and 
Chief Executive Officer of Carnival Australia and continues 
as an adviser to Carnival. She was previously at Westpac 
for 12 years and was the CEO of Bank of Melbourne and 
the CEO of Westpac New Zealand and Pacific Banking. In 
2015, Ann was named the overall winner of the AFR 100 
Women of Influence for her corporate leadership and 
achievements in promoting diversity and female 
representation across a variety of sectors during her 30- 
year career. Ann is Chair of the Remuneration and 
Nomination Committee. 

Susan McIntosh – Non-Executive Director 
Susan was appointed as a Non-Executive Director of the 
Company on 2 June 2000. Susan has more than 25 years’ 
business experience in media (international television 
production and distribution and radio) and asset 
management, and is the Managing Director of RG Capital 
Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd. Prior to joining RG Capital, 
Susan was Chief Financial Officer of Grundy Worldwide Ltd 
and played an integral role in the establishment of its 
international television operations and in the eventual sale 
of the company in 1995. Susan was previously a Director 
of RG Capital Radio Ltd and E*TRADE Aust Ltd. Susan is 
a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants. Susan 
is a member of the Audit and Risk Committee, and the 
Remuneration and Nomination Committee. 

Anouk Darling – Independent Non-Executive Director 
Anouk was appointed as a Non-Executive Director of the 
Company on 6 February 2017. Anouk has over 20 years’ 
experience in marketing and brand strategy. Anouk is a 
Director of ASX-Listed Macquarie Telecom Limited 
(effective March 2012) as well as a member of its Audit and 
Risk Committee and Remuneration and Nomination 
Committee. Anouk is also a Board member of Discovery 
Holiday Parks and is Chair of the People and 
Remuneration Committee. Anouk also holds an executive 
role, as CEO of Scape and Urbanest (Australia’s largest 
owner and operator of purpose-built student 
accommodation assets). Anouk is Chair of the Audit and 
Risk Committee. 

David Brain – Independent Non-Executive Director 
David was appointed as a Non-Executive Director of the 
Company on 10 May 2018. David has over 25 years’ 
experience in public relations and integrated 
communications. David’s most recent Executive role was 
as a Director of the Group supervisory board of Edelman 
(the world’s largest Public Relations firm), and a member of 
its global management board. During 13 years at Edelman, 
he was CEO of the Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 
region and, latterly, CEO of Asia Pacific Middle East and 
Africa (APACMEA). Prior to Edelman, David was Co-CEO 
of Weber-Shandwick UK and Managing Director at Burson-
Marsteller UK. He has also worked in Corporate Affairs at 
Visa International and as a planner in advertising. David is 
currently an Advisory Board member of The Spinoff, New 
Zealand’s most successful online news magazine; and an 
investor and Advisory Board member of Parkable, a New 
Zealand based new economy business. David is a member 
of the Audit and Risk Committee. 

Ian Rowden – Independent Non-Executive Director 
Ian was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on  
21 November 2018. Ian is a recognised global business 
leader whose career has spanned marketing, operational 
and commercial leadership roles across four continents 
with some of the world’s most admired brands and in the 
world’s most diverse marketplaces. Ian began his career 
with The Coca-Cola Company in Sydney, Australia in 1980 
and for over 20 years he held numerous senior executive 
roles with that company worldwide. These included Region 
President for the China Division based in Hong Kong and 
Global Head of Consumer Communications based in 
Atlanta, Georgia. From 2000 to 2004 he served as Chief 
Marketing Officer for The Callaway Golf Company. In 2004 
he joined Wendy’s International as Chief Marketing Officer, 
a position he held until 2007 when he was appointed 
Chairman and CEO, Asia Pacific for Saatchi & Saatchi. 
From 2011 to 2015 he served as Partner at The Virgin 
Group and concurrently as a Board Member of Virgin 
Galactic and Virgin Produced. Ian is a Director of ASX  
listed Reliance Worldwide Corporation Limited (effective 
July 2020); is currently a member of the Investment 
Advisory Board of Innovate Partners LLC, a Los Angeles 
area based venture capital firm; and is a Board member of 
private Companies Brightguard and Miami Ad School (US), 
a non-profit entity. Ian is a member of the Remuneration 
and Nomination Committee. 

Brent Scrimshaw – CEO and Executive Director 
Brent was appointed Chief Executive Officer and Executive 
Director of the Company on 1 July 2020. Brent is a creative 
and brand led business leader in media, publishing, 
technology, consumer, retail and sports. Brent spent 18 
years at Nike Inc. including three years as Vice 
President/Chief Executive Western Europe based in 
Amsterdam, and Vice President and Chief Marketing 
Officer EMEA, along with other leadership roles in general 
marketing and management in Europe, the USA and 
Australia. Brent was also part of Nike’s global commercial 
operations team contributing to the development of the 
Nike Inc. business and brand strategy in its priority 
geographies worldwide. Brent was the founder and CEO of 
Unscriptd, a technology led sports media company, which 
was acquired by New York publisher The Players Tribune 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    17 

17

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
Directors’ Report 

DIRECTORS’  
REPORT

in 2018. Brent is a Non-Executive Director of ASX listed 
Kathmandu Holdings Limited, a Non-Executive Director of 
ASX listed Catapult Group International Limited and a Non-
Executive Director of ASX listed Rhinomed Limited.  

Operating and Financial Review 
Information relating to the operating and financial review of 
the Company and its strategy are outlined on pages 21 to 
22 and form part of this Directors report.   

John Porter – Independent Non-Executive Chairman 
John was appointed as Chairman and Non-Executive 
Director of the Company on 24 April 2012. John resigned 
as a Chairman and Director on 31 December 2019. 

Matthew Melhuish – CEO and Executive Director 
Matthew was appointed Chief Executive Officer and 
Executive Director of the Company on 16 January 2012. 
Matthew resigned as a Director effective 23 December 
2019 and as CEO effective 31 March 2020. 

Company Secretary 
Brendan York was appointed Company Secretary on  
1 July 2012. He is also the Chief Financial Officer of the 
Group. Brendan is a Non-Executive Director of ASX listed 
Big River Industries Limited and Chair of its Audit and Risk 
Committee. Brendan is a Chartered Accountant and has a 
Bachelor of Business Administration and a Bachelor of 
Commerce from Macquarie University. 

Committee Membership 
At the date of this report, the Company had an Audit and 
Risk Committee and a Remuneration and Nomination 
Committee. Members of these Committees were: 

Audit and Risk Committee 
Anouk Darling (Chair) 
David Brain 
Susan McIntosh 

Remuneration and Nomination Committee 
Ann Sherry (Chair) 
Ian Rowden 
Susan McIntosh 

Principal activities 
The principal activities of the Group during the course of 
the financial year were integrated marketing and 
communication services, including strategy, market 
research and insights, advertising, digital, public relations, 
communications planning, design, events management, 
direct marketing, corporate communications and 
programmatic media. 

Corporate Governance 
The Directors recognise the requirement for and have 
adhered to the principles of corporate governance. 

A copy of the Company’s full 2020 Corporate Governance 
Statement, which provides detailed information about 
governance, and a copy of the Company’s Appendix 4G 
which sets out the Company’s compliance with the 
recommendations in the third edition of the ASX Corporate 
Governance Council’s Corporate Governance Principles 
and Recommendations (ASX Principles), is available on 
the corporate governance section of the Company’s 
website at http://www.enero.com/investor-centre/corporate-
governance. Compliance with the fourth edition of the ASX 
Principles will be effective from 1 July 2020.

Directors’ meetings 
The number of Directors’ meetings (including meetings of 
committees of Directors) and the number of meetings 
attended by each of the Directors of the Company during 
the financial year were: 

Board 
meetings 

Audit and 
Risk 
Committee  
 meetings 

A 

B 

A 

B 

Remuneration 
and  
Nomination 
Committee  
meetings 
B 
A 

Ann Sherry 
Susan McIntosh 
Anouk Darling 
David Brain 
Ian Rowden 
Matthew Melhuish 
John Porter 

5 
8 
8 
8 
8 
3 
2 

5 
8 
8 
8 
8 
3 
3 

– 
4 
4 
3 
– 
– 
– 

– 
4 
4 
4 
– 
– 
– 

1 
3 
– 
– 
3 
– 
– 

2 
3 
– 
– 
3 
– 
1 

A = Number of meetings attended. 

B = Number of meetings held during the time the Director held office or 

was a member of the Committee during the year. 

Directors’ interests 
The relevant interests of each Director in the shares or 
SARs issued by the Group, as notified by the Directors to 
the Australian Securities Exchange in accordance with 
section 205G(1) of the Corporations Act 2001, at the date 
of this report, are as follows: 

Director 
Ann Sherry 
Susan McIntosh 
Anouk Darling 
David Brain 
Ian Rowden 
Brent Scrimshaw(i) 
Total 

Ordinary  
shares 
18,750 
122,223 
19,607  
75,000 
60,000 
Nil 
295,580 

Share 
Appreciation 
Rights 
Nil 
Nil 
Nil 
Nil 
Nil 
1,250,000 
1,250,000 

(i)  Grant is in relation to SARs provided to the CEO, which were 
issued on 1 July 2020, subject to shareholder approval. 

Events subsequent to balance date 
Subsequent to the balance date, the Directors have 
declared a final dividend, with respect to ordinary shares, 
of 3.5 cents per share, fully franked. The final dividend will 
have a record date of 18 September 2020 and a payment 
date of 2 October 2020. Except for this event there has not 
arisen, in the interval between the end of the financial year 
and the date of this report, any item, transaction or event of 
a material and unusual nature likely, in the opinion of the 
Directors of the Company, to significantly affect the 
operations of the Group, the results of those operations, or 
the state of affairs of the Group in future financial years. 

Likely developments 

During the year ended 30 June 2020, the Company 

The Group will continue to focus on its strategy outlined in 

transferred 642,726 ordinary shares (30 June 2019: 

the operating and financial review. The Group will 

651,575) from a trust account held by the Company to the 

specifically focus on new business conversion and organic 

employees of the Group on exercise of share appreciation 

revenue growth to increase net revenue. Additionally, 

rights under the SARP. The trust account holds no further 

building scale and presence in the UK and USA markets to 

ordinary shares and was vested during the financial year. 

seek a more evenly weighted geographic contribution from 

net revenue and Operating EBITDA is a core element of 

the Group’s strategic framework. The Group will also 

continue to assess acquisition and capital deployment 

opportunities as they arise to complement the key 

operating business brands – Hotwire, Orchard and BMF.  

Indemnification and insurance of officers and auditors 

Indemnification 

The Company has agreed to indemnify the following 

current Directors of the Company: Ann Sherry, Susan 

McIntosh, Anouk Darling, David Brain, Ian Rowden,  

Brent Scrimshaw and Company Secretary Brendan York 

against liabilities to another person (other than the 

Company or a related body corporate) that may arise from 

their positions as Directors, Secretaries or Executives of 

the Company and its controlled entities, subject to the 

Corporations Act 2001, except where the liability arises out 

of conduct involving a lack of good faith. The agreement 

stipulates that the Company will meet the full amount of 

any liabilities, including costs and expenses. The Company 

has also agreed to indemnify the current Directors and 

Secretaries of its controlled entities for all liabilities to 

another person (other than the Company or a related body 

corporate) that may arise from their position, except where 

Total 

the liability arises out of conduct involving a lack of good 

faith. The agreements stipulate that the Company will meet 

the full amount of any such liabilities, including costs and 

expenses. 

Insurance premiums 

During the financial year, the Company has paid insurance 

premiums in respect of Directors’ and Officers’ liabilities, for 

current Directors and Officers, covering the following: 

–  costs and expenses incurred by the relevant officers in 

defending proceedings, whether civil or criminal; and 

–  other liabilities that may arise from their position, with 

the exception of conduct involving a willful breach of 

duty or improper use of information or position to gain  

a personal advantage. 

The Directors have not included details of the amount of 

the premium paid in respect of the Directors’ and Officers’ 

liability and legal expenses insurance contracts, as such 

disclosure is prohibited under the terms of the contracts. 

Issue of shares and Share Appreciation Rights (SARs) 

Shares issued on exercise of SARs 

On 13 September 2019, the Company issued 469,905 

ordinary shares to employees exercising share 

appreciation rights under the Company’s Share 

Appreciation Rights Plan (SARP), which was approved by 

shareholders at the Company’s Annual General Meeting 

(AGM) in 2017. The issue price of these shares was $1.89 

and these shares rank equally with existing shareholders. 

Share Appreciation Rights 

Share Appreciation Rights issued 

During the year ended 30 June 2020, a total of 2,450,000 

Share Appreciation Rights (30 June 2019: 6,500,000) were 

issued to senior employees of the Group under the existing 

Share Appreciation Rights Plan. 

Unissued shares under Share Appreciation Rights Plan 

At the date of this report, unissued shares of the Company 

under the Share Appreciation Rights Plan are: 

Strike price VWAP 

(for the 20 business 

Number of 

days prior to the 

Expiry date 

30 September 2020 

30 September 2020 

30 September 2020 

30 September 2021 

30 September 2021 

30 September 2021(i) 

30 September 2022 

30 September 2022(i) 

30 September 2023(i) 

SARs 

1,016,670 

900,000 

699,999 

900,000 

699,998 

416,666 

700,003 

416,666 

416,668 

6,166,670 

grant) 

$1.04 

$1.23 

$2.13 

$1.23 

$2.13 

n/a 

$2.13 

n/a 

n/a 

(i)  Grant is in relation to SARs provided to the CEO, which were 

issued on 1 July 2020, subject to shareholder approval. 

These SARs in the table above do not entitle the holder  

to participate in any share issue of the Company. 

Dividends 

Dividends declared and paid by the Company to members 

since the end of the previous financial year were: 

Fully franked: 

2019 Final dividend 

2020 Interim dividend 

Cents 

Total 

per 

amount 

share 

AUD ’000 

Date of 

payment 

3.0 

2.5 

2,582  8 October 2019 

2,152  19 March 2020 

Subsequent to the balance sheet date, the Directors have 

declared a final dividend, with respect to ordinary shares, 

of 3.5 cents per share – fully franked with a payment date 

of 2 October 2020. The financial effect of this dividend has 

not been brought to account in the financial statements for 

the year ended 30 June 2020 but will be recognised in the 

subsequent financial period. 

For further details refer to Note 17 Capital and reserves in 

this annual report. 

Risk management 

The Board has established a risk management policy for 

the management and oversight of risk and has delegated 

responsibility of compliance and internal control to the 

Audit and Risk Committee. 

18

18    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    19 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Likely developments 
The Group will continue to focus on its strategy outlined in 
the operating and financial review. The Group will 
specifically focus on new business conversion and organic 
revenue growth to increase net revenue. Additionally, 
building scale and presence in the UK and USA markets to 
seek a more evenly weighted geographic contribution from 
net revenue and Operating EBITDA is a core element of 
the Group’s strategic framework. The Group will also 
continue to assess acquisition and capital deployment 
opportunities as they arise to complement the key 
operating business brands – Hotwire, Orchard and BMF.  

Indemnification and insurance of officers and auditors 
Indemnification 
The Company has agreed to indemnify the following 
current Directors of the Company: Ann Sherry, Susan 
McIntosh, Anouk Darling, David Brain, Ian Rowden,  
Brent Scrimshaw and Company Secretary Brendan York 
against liabilities to another person (other than the 
Company or a related body corporate) that may arise from 
their positions as Directors, Secretaries or Executives of 
the Company and its controlled entities, subject to the 
Corporations Act 2001, except where the liability arises out 
of conduct involving a lack of good faith. The agreement 
stipulates that the Company will meet the full amount of 
any liabilities, including costs and expenses. The Company 
has also agreed to indemnify the current Directors and 
Secretaries of its controlled entities for all liabilities to 
another person (other than the Company or a related body 
corporate) that may arise from their position, except where 
the liability arises out of conduct involving a lack of good 
faith. The agreements stipulate that the Company will meet 
the full amount of any such liabilities, including costs and 
expenses. 

Insurance premiums 
During the financial year, the Company has paid insurance 
premiums in respect of Directors’ and Officers’ liabilities, for 
current Directors and Officers, covering the following: 
–  costs and expenses incurred by the relevant officers in 
defending proceedings, whether civil or criminal; and 
–  other liabilities that may arise from their position, with 
the exception of conduct involving a willful breach of 
duty or improper use of information or position to gain  
a personal advantage. 

The Directors have not included details of the amount of 
the premium paid in respect of the Directors’ and Officers’ 
liability and legal expenses insurance contracts, as such 
disclosure is prohibited under the terms of the contracts. 

Issue of shares and Share Appreciation Rights (SARs) 
Shares issued on exercise of SARs 
On 13 September 2019, the Company issued 469,905 
ordinary shares to employees exercising share 
appreciation rights under the Company’s Share 
Appreciation Rights Plan (SARP), which was approved by 
shareholders at the Company’s Annual General Meeting 
(AGM) in 2017. The issue price of these shares was $1.89 
and these shares rank equally with existing shareholders. 

During the year ended 30 June 2020, the Company 
transferred 642,726 ordinary shares (30 June 2019: 
651,575) from a trust account held by the Company to the 
employees of the Group on exercise of share appreciation 
rights under the SARP. The trust account holds no further 
ordinary shares and was vested during the financial year. 

Share Appreciation Rights 
Share Appreciation Rights issued 
During the year ended 30 June 2020, a total of 2,450,000 
Share Appreciation Rights (30 June 2019: 6,500,000) were 
issued to senior employees of the Group under the existing 
Share Appreciation Rights Plan. 

Unissued shares under Share Appreciation Rights Plan 
At the date of this report, unissued shares of the Company 
under the Share Appreciation Rights Plan are: 

Expiry date 
30 September 2020 
30 September 2020 
30 September 2020 
30 September 2021 
30 September 2021 
30 September 2021(i) 
30 September 2022 
30 September 2022(i) 
30 September 2023(i) 
Total 

Strike price VWAP 
(for the 20 business 
days prior to the 
grant) 
$1.04 
$1.23 
$2.13 
$1.23 
$2.13 
n/a 
$2.13 
n/a 
n/a 

Number of 
SARs 
1,016,670 
900,000 
699,999 
900,000 
699,998 
416,666 
700,003 
416,666 
416,668 
6,166,670 

(i)  Grant is in relation to SARs provided to the CEO, which were 
issued on 1 July 2020, subject to shareholder approval. 

These SARs in the table above do not entitle the holder  
to participate in any share issue of the Company. 

Dividends 
Dividends declared and paid by the Company to members 
since the end of the previous financial year were: 

Fully franked: 
2019 Final dividend 
2020 Interim dividend 

Cents 
per 
share 

Total 
amount 
AUD ’000 

Date of 
payment 

3.0 
2.5 

2,582  8 October 2019 
2,152  19 March 2020 

Subsequent to the balance sheet date, the Directors have 
declared a final dividend, with respect to ordinary shares, 
of 3.5 cents per share – fully franked with a payment date 
of 2 October 2020. The financial effect of this dividend has 
not been brought to account in the financial statements for 
the year ended 30 June 2020 but will be recognised in the 
subsequent financial period. 

For further details refer to Note 17 Capital and reserves in 
this annual report. 

Risk management 
The Board has established a risk management policy for 
the management and oversight of risk and has delegated 
responsibility of compliance and internal control to the 
Audit and Risk Committee. 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    19 

19

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report 

DIRECTORS’  
REPORT

Environmental regulation and performance 
The Board believes that the Group has adequate systems 
in place for the management of its environmental 
requirements and is not aware of any significant breach of 
those requirements as they apply to the Group.  

Auditor independence 
The Lead Auditor’s independence declaration as required 
under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 is set out 
on page 78, and forms part of the Directors’ Report for the 
year ended 30 June 2020. 

Rounding off 
The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations 
(Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 
2016/191, dated 24 March 2016, and, in accordance with 
that Class Order, amounts in the consolidated financial 
statements and Directors’ Report have been rounded off to 
the nearest thousand dollars, unless otherwise stated. 

Remuneration Report 
The Remuneration Report on page 23 forms part of this 
Directors’ Report. 

Signed on behalf of the Directors in accordance with a 
resolution of the Directors: 

Ann Sherry AO 
Chair 
Sydney, 26 August 2020 

Non-audit services  
During the year KPMG, the Group’s auditor, has performed 
certain other services in addition to the audit and review of 
the financial statements. 

The Board has considered the non-audit services provided 
during the year by the auditor and, in accordance with 
advice provided by resolution of the Audit and Risk 
Committee, is satisfied that the provision of those non-audit 
services during the year by the auditor is compatible with, 
and did not compromise, the auditor independence 
requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 for the following 
reasons: 
–  all non-audit services were subject to the corporate 

governance procedures adopted by the Company and 
have been reviewed by the Audit and Risk Committee 
to ensure they do not impact the integrity and 
objectivity of the auditor; and 

–  non-audit services provided do not undermine the 

general principles relating to auditor independence as 
set out in APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional 
Accountants, as they did not involve reviewing or 
auditing the auditor’s own work, acting in a 
management or decision-making capacity for the 
Group, acting as an advocate for the Group, or jointly 
sharing risks and rewards. 

Details of the amounts paid to the auditor of the Company, 
KPMG, and its related practices, for non-audit services 
provided during the year, are set out below. In addition, 
amounts paid to other auditors for the statutory audit have 
been disclosed in Note 30 Auditor’s remuneration of the 
notes to the financial statements. 

Services other than statutory audit 
Auditors of the Company 
Taxation compliance services: 
Overseas KPMG firms 
Total services other than  
statutory audit 

2020 
$ 

2019 
$ 

188,000 

186,000 

188,000 

186,000 

Operating and financial review 

In the current year, the Operating Brands segment 

The operating and financial review forms part of the 

generated approximately 57% of its net revenue and 62% 

Directors’ report.  

of its Operating EBITDA from international markets. 

Strategy and operations of the Group 

A summary of the Group’s results is below: 

The boutique force in modern marketing, Enero Group is 

In thousands of AUD 

an international network of eight marketing and 

communications businesses located in 7 countries and 14 

cities, with over 600 employees. Spanning the marketing 

services landscape, the Group is connected through three 

key service competencies: 

•  Creative and Content – BMF;  

• 

PR and Integrated Communications – Hotwire, 

Frank and CPR; and  

•  Digital, Data, Analytics and Technology – 

Orchard, The Leading Edge, The Digital Edge 

and OBMedia.  

The Group’s service offering includes integrated marketing 

and communication services, including strategy, market 

research and insights, advertising, digital, public relations, 

communications planning, design, events management, 

direct marketing, corporate communications and 

programmatic media.  

The Group has three key geographic locations – Australia, 

UK and USA – which house the majority of the Group’s 

businesses and employees. The Group also has a number 

of non-owned affiliates in other geographic areas which 

connect the Group into a global network. Being a nimble 

team with a global perspective, the Group is well positioned 

to take advantage of the new developments taking place in 

this highly dynamic sector.  

Financial performance for the year 

The Group achieved Net Revenue of $135.8 million, an 

increase of 4.9% (2019: $129.5 million) compared to the 

prior reporting period. The increased revenue was driven 

by organic revenue growth in Hotwire, Orchard and 

OBMedia predominantly in the USA market. Increased 

revenue pipeline conversion uncertainty due to COVID-19 

led to a greater weighting to existing client and organic 

revenue opportunities over new business opportunities. 

The Group has a high sector exposure to technology, 

healthcare and consumer staples clients, which were less 

impacted by COVID-19, and a low sector exposure to 

retail, travel and tourism clients, which were more heavily 

impacted in the second half of the year.   

The Group achieved Operating EBITDA of $24.4 million, an 

increase of 17.7% (2019: $20.7 million) compared to the 

prior reporting period as a result of the increased net 

revenue, careful cost management and reduction of 

operating costs during COVID-19. The Operating EBITDA 

margin increased from 16.0% in 2019 to 18.0% in 2020. 

The increased net revenue coupled with stronger operating 

costs leverage resulted in the margin protection and 

expansion. Government-related support during COVID-19 

including the JobKeeper subsidy was limited to $0.4 million 

in contributions to Operating EBITDA in the current year. 

Net revenue 

EBITDA 

Depreciation of right-of-use assets 

Operating EBITDA¹ 

Depreciation and amortisation 

EBIT 

Net finance income 

Present value interest charge 

Profit before tax 

Income tax expense 

Profit after tax 

Non-controlling interests 

Net profit after tax before significant 

items 

Significant items  

Net profit after tax attributable to 

equity owners 

Earnings per share (basic) – pre 

significant items 

Earnings per share (basic)  

2020 

2019 

135,825 

129,535 

29,230 

(4,849) 

24,381 

(3,432) 

20,949 

217 

(1,937) 

19,229 

(3,397) 

15,832 

(2,951) 

20,722 

– 

20,722 

(3,275) 

17,447 

467 

(1,153) 

16,761 

(2,297) 

14,464 

(2,413) 

12,881 

(2,174) 

12,051 

(6,390) 

10,707 

5,661 

Cents 

Cents 

per share 

per share 

15.0 

12.5 

14.2 

6.7 

Reconciliation of statutory profit after tax to Operating 

EBITDA 

In thousands of AUD 

Net revenue 

EBITDA 

Depreciation of right-of-use assets 

Operating EBITDA¹ 

Depreciation of plant and equipment 

Amortisation of intangibles 

Net finance income 

Present value interest charge 

Contingent consideration fair value 

loss 

Statutory profit before tax 

Income tax expense 

Statutory profit after tax 

2020 

2019 

135,825 

129,535 

29,230 

(4,849) 

24,381 

(2,337) 

(1,095) 

217 

20,722 

– 

20,722 

(2,209) 

(1,066) 

467 

(1,937) 

(1,153) 

(2,174) 

17,055 

(3,397) 

13,658 

(6,390) 

10,371 

(2,297) 

8,074 

1. Operating EBTIDA, as defined in the basis of preparation section 

on  page  22,  is  used  for  comparability  purposes  between  the 

periods in this transition year as operating lease rental expense is 

primarily replaced with depreciation of right-of-use assets. 

This is the first set of the Group’s annual financial statements in 

which AASB 16 Leases is applied. Under the transition method 

chosen, comparative information is not restated. The  

30 June 2020 results are therefore not directly comparable to 

prior years. Changes to significant accounting policies and the 

impact of applying the new standards are described in Note 1(g). 

The net profit pre-significant items was $12.9 million, 

Significant items 

compared to $12.1 million in the prior reporting period. The 

The Group incurred Contingent consideration fair value 

net profit after tax to equity owners was $10.7 million, 

compared to $5.7 million in the prior reporting period. 

loss of $2,174,000 (2019: $6,390,000) relating to 

revaluation of future contingent consideration payable to 

the vendors of Eastwick Communications. 

20

20    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    21 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating and financial review 
The operating and financial review forms part of the 
Directors’ report.  

In the current year, the Operating Brands segment 
generated approximately 57% of its net revenue and 62% 
of its Operating EBITDA from international markets. 

Strategy and operations of the Group 
The boutique force in modern marketing, Enero Group is 
an international network of eight marketing and 
communications businesses located in 7 countries and 14 
cities, with over 600 employees. Spanning the marketing 
services landscape, the Group is connected through three 
key service competencies: 

•  Creative and Content – BMF;  
• 

PR and Integrated Communications – Hotwire, 
Frank and CPR; and  

•  Digital, Data, Analytics and Technology – 

Orchard, The Leading Edge, The Digital Edge 
and OBMedia.  

The Group’s service offering includes integrated marketing 
and communication services, including strategy, market 
research and insights, advertising, digital, public relations, 
communications planning, design, events management, 
direct marketing, corporate communications and 
programmatic media.  

The Group has three key geographic locations – Australia, 
UK and USA – which house the majority of the Group’s 
businesses and employees. The Group also has a number 
of non-owned affiliates in other geographic areas which 
connect the Group into a global network. Being a nimble 
team with a global perspective, the Group is well positioned 
to take advantage of the new developments taking place in 
this highly dynamic sector.  

Financial performance for the year 
The Group achieved Net Revenue of $135.8 million, an 
increase of 4.9% (2019: $129.5 million) compared to the 
prior reporting period. The increased revenue was driven 
by organic revenue growth in Hotwire, Orchard and 
OBMedia predominantly in the USA market. Increased 
revenue pipeline conversion uncertainty due to COVID-19 
led to a greater weighting to existing client and organic 
revenue opportunities over new business opportunities. 
The Group has a high sector exposure to technology, 
healthcare and consumer staples clients, which were less 
impacted by COVID-19, and a low sector exposure to 
retail, travel and tourism clients, which were more heavily 
impacted in the second half of the year.   
The Group achieved Operating EBITDA of $24.4 million, an 
increase of 17.7% (2019: $20.7 million) compared to the 
prior reporting period as a result of the increased net 
revenue, careful cost management and reduction of 
operating costs during COVID-19. The Operating EBITDA 
margin increased from 16.0% in 2019 to 18.0% in 2020. 
The increased net revenue coupled with stronger operating 
costs leverage resulted in the margin protection and 
expansion. Government-related support during COVID-19 
including the JobKeeper subsidy was limited to $0.4 million 
in contributions to Operating EBITDA in the current year. 

The net profit pre-significant items was $12.9 million, 
compared to $12.1 million in the prior reporting period. The 
net profit after tax to equity owners was $10.7 million, 
compared to $5.7 million in the prior reporting period. 

A summary of the Group’s results is below: 
In thousands of AUD 

2020 

Net revenue 
EBITDA 
Depreciation of right-of-use assets 
Operating EBITDA¹ 
Depreciation and amortisation 
EBIT 
Net finance income 
Present value interest charge 
Profit before tax 
Income tax expense 
Profit after tax 
Non-controlling interests 
Net profit after tax before significant 
items 
Significant items  
Net profit after tax attributable to 
equity owners 

Earnings per share (basic) – pre 
significant items 
Earnings per share (basic)  

135,825 
29,230 
(4,849) 
24,381 
(3,432) 
20,949 
217 
(1,937) 
19,229 
(3,397) 
15,832 
(2,951) 

2019 

129,535 
20,722 
– 
20,722 
(3,275) 
17,447 
467 
(1,153) 
16,761 
(2,297) 
14,464 
(2,413) 

12,881 
(2,174) 

12,051 
(6,390) 

10,707 

5,661 

Cents 
per share 

Cents 
per share 

15.0 
12.5 

14.2 
6.7 

Reconciliation of statutory profit after tax to Operating 
EBITDA 
In thousands of AUD 

2020 

2019 

Net revenue 
EBITDA 
Depreciation of right-of-use assets 
Operating EBITDA¹ 
Depreciation of plant and equipment 
Amortisation of intangibles 
Net finance income 
Present value interest charge 
Contingent consideration fair value 
loss 
Statutory profit before tax 
Income tax expense 
Statutory profit after tax 

135,825 
29,230 
(4,849) 
24,381 
(2,337) 
(1,095) 
217 
(1,937) 

(2,174) 
17,055 
(3,397) 
13,658 

129,535 
20,722 
– 
20,722 
(2,209) 
(1,066) 
467 
(1,153) 

(6,390) 
10,371 
(2,297) 
8,074 

1. Operating EBTIDA, as defined in the basis of preparation section 
on  page  22,  is  used  for  comparability  purposes  between  the 
periods in this transition year as operating lease rental expense is 
primarily replaced with depreciation of right-of-use assets. 

This is the first set of the Group’s annual financial statements in 
which AASB 16 Leases is applied. Under the transition method 
chosen, comparative information is not restated. The  
30 June 2020 results are therefore not directly comparable to 
prior years. Changes to significant accounting policies and the 
impact of applying the new standards are described in Note 1(g). 

Significant items 
The Group incurred Contingent consideration fair value 
loss of $2,174,000 (2019: $6,390,000) relating to 
revaluation of future contingent consideration payable to 
the vendors of Eastwick Communications. 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    21 

21

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report 

DIRECTORS’  
REPORT

Geographical performance 
In thousands of AUD 

Net Revenue 
Australia 
UK and Europe 
USA 
Total Operating Brand Segment 

Operating EBITDA 
Australia 
UK and Europe 
USA 
Total Operating Brand Segment 
Support office 
Share-based payments charge 
Total  

Operating EBITDA margin 
Australia 
UK and Europe 
USA 
Total Operating Brand Segment 
Total Group 

2020 

2019 

58,645 
37,701 
39,479 
135,825 

59,975 
38,611 
30,949 
129,535 

11,536 
5,703 
13,149 
30,388 
(5,443) 
(564) 
24,381 

19.7% 
15.1% 
33.3% 
22.4% 
18.0% 

10,695 
6,512 
10,067 
27,274 
(5,822) 
(730) 
20,722 

17.8% 
16.9% 
32.5% 
21.1% 
16.0% 

Capital management 
The Group’s capital management strategy aims to balance 
returns to shareholders through dividends, funding 
acquisition and investment opportunities as well as 
maintaining adequate cash reserves for existing 
businesses. The Group continues to seek acquisition 
opportunities that are aligned with Group strategy from a 
geographical or expansion of services perspective. 

Cash flow – Operating activities  
Cash inflows from operating activities was $31.0 million 
(2019: $18.1 million). The increase in inflows was partially 
due to the exclusion of operating lease payments in the 
current financial year. The Group converted 116% of 
EBITDA to cash for the year ended 30 June 2020 (2019: 
103%). The Group targets a cash conversion of 85% each 
financial year.  

Cash flow – Investing activities 
Cash outflows from investing activities was $13.3 million 
(2019: $1.7 million). The increase in outflows was due to 
the contingent consideration payments made during the 
current financial year with no payments made in the prior 
financial year.  

Cash flow – Financing activities 
Cash outflows from financing activities was $14.0 million 
(2019: $7.3 million). The increase in outflows was due to 
$6.5 million in lease liabilities recognised in financing 
activities in the current financial year. During the year,  
$4.7 million in dividends were paid to Enero Group Limited 
shareholders in addition to $2.3 million in dividends paid to 
minority shareholders of controlled subsidiaries.  

22

22    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    

Contingent consideration liabilities 
The Company entered into contingent consideration 
arrangements in relation to its acquisitions of Orchard 
Marketing on 2 February 2018 and Eastwick 
Communications on 29 September 2016. 

The Company structures its acquisitions using contingent 
consideration as it incentivises the sellers to drive future 
performance of the acquired business by linking the total 
purchase price to agreed future financial targets of that 
business. 

As at 30 June 2020, the Company’s estimated contingent 
consideration liability is $25.5 million. 

Reconciliation of carrying amounts of contingent 
consideration payable: 
In thousands of AUD 
30 June 2019 
Payments made 
Net revisions to estimates 
Present value interest/foreign exchange  
30 June 2020 

33,801 
(11,923) 
2,174 
1,501 
25,553 

15,119 
10,434 
25,553 

2020 
47,581 
– 
(25,553) 

22,028 

2019 
43,831 
(493) 
(33,801) 

9,537 

Maturity profile (at present value): 
FY2021 
FY2022 
Total 

Cash and Debt 
In thousands of AUD 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Hire purchase liabilities 
Contingent consideration liabilities 
Net cash¹ 

1.  Net cash excludes lease liabilities recognised as a result of the 
adoption of AASB16 Leases as they are considered operational 
liabilities.  

The Group has $22.0 million in net cash as at  
30 June 2020. Apart from contingent consideration 
liabilities, the Group has no loans or borrowings.  

Basis of preparation 
The Directors’ Report includes Operating EBITDA, a 
measure used by the Directors and management in 
assessing the ongoing performance of the Group. 
Operating EBITDA is a non-IFRS measure and has not 
been audited or reviewed. 

Operating EBITDA is calculated as profit before interest, 
taxes, depreciation of plant and equipment, amortisation of 
intangibles, impairment of intangibles, and contingent 
consideration fair value loss. Operating EBITDA, reconciled 
in the table on page 21, is the primary measure used by 
management and the Directors in assessing the 
performance of the Group. It provides information on the 
Group’s cash flow generation excluding significant 
transactions and non-cash items which are not 
representative of the Group’s ongoing operations. 

9 Directors’ and Executive Officers’ holdings of shares 

Subsidiary Executives; 

Company’s financial performance has driven remuneration 

directly with remuneration advisers.  

Remuneration Report – Audited 

Contents 

1 Introduction 

report 

2 Key Management Personnel (KMP) disclosed in this 

3 Remuneration Governance 

4 Executive Remuneration policy and framework 

5 Executive service agreements 

6 Non-Executive Directors 

7 Directors’ and Executive Officers’ remuneration 

8 Share-based payments 

10 Loans to Key Management Personnel 

11 Remuneration and Group performance 

1 Introduction 

The Directors of Enero Group Limited present this 

Remuneration Report for the Group for the year ended  

30 June 2020. The information provided in the 

Remuneration Report has been audited as required by 

section 308(3C) of the Corporations Act 2001 and forms 

part of the Directors’ Report. 

The Remuneration Report outlines practices and specific 

remuneration arrangements that apply to Key Management 

Personnel (KMP) in accordance with the requirements of 

the Corporations Act 2001 and explains how the 

outcomes.   

report 

2 Key Management Personnel (KMP) disclosed in this 

KMP comprise the Directors of the Company and 

Executives. The KMP covered in this Remuneration Report 

are those people having authority and responsibility for 

planning, directing and controlling the activities of the 

Group, directly or indirectly. The table below outlines the 

KMP at any time during the financial year; and unless 

otherwise indicated, they were KMP for the entire year.    

Name 

Non-Executive  

Directors 

Ann Sherry(i) 

Susan McIntosh 

Anouk Darling 

David Brain 

Ian Rowden 

John Porter (ii) 

Executives 

Brendan York 

Fiona Chilcott 

Role 

Non-Executive Director (Chair) 

Non-Executive Director 

Non-Executive Director 

Non-Executive Director 

Non-Executive Director 

Chief Financial Officer 

Chief People and Culture Officer 

Former Executives 

Matthew Melhuish(iii)  Chief Executive Officer and 

Executive Director 

(ii)  John Porter resigned as Chairman and Director on  

1 January 2020. 

31 December 2019. 

(iii)  Matthew Melhuish resigned as Director effective  

23 December 2019 and as CEO effective 31 March 2020. 

3 Remuneration Governance 

The Board has established the Remuneration and 

Nominations Committee (‘Committee’). It is responsible for 

making recommendations on remuneration matters to the 

Board on: 

– 

the over-arching executive remuneration framework; 

–  operation of the incentive plans which apply to 

Executives including key performance indicators and 

performance hurdles; 

– 

remuneration levels of Company Executives and 

–  appointment of the Chief Executive Officer, senior 

Executives and Directors themselves; and 

–  Non-Executive Director fees. 

The Committee’s objective is to ensure that remuneration 

policies and structures are fair, competitive to attract 

suitably qualified candidates, reward the achievement of 

strategic short-term and long-term objectives and achieve 

long-term value creation for shareholders. 

The Corporate Governance Statement (available in the 

Corporate Governance section of the Company’s website) 

provides further information on the role of the Committee. 

The Remuneration and Nomination Committee operates 

independently of the Enero Executive team and engages 

There were no services used from remuneration 

consultants during the year ended 30 June 2020. 

4 Executive Remuneration policy and framework 

The objective of the Group’s executive reward framework is 

to attract, motivate and retain employees with the required 

capabilities and experience to ensure the delivery of 

business strategy aligning with the interests of 

shareholders.  

The Executive Remuneration framework includes the 

Company Executives and the subsidiary Executives to 

ensure alignment across all levels of the Group. 

The framework aligns executive reward with the 

achievement of strategic objectives resulting in 

remuneration structures taking into account: 

the responsibility, performance and experience of key 

management personnel; 

the key management personnel’s ability to control the 

the Group’s performance, including: 

– 

– 

– 

the Group’s earnings with profit a core component 

of remuneration design; 

the growth in share price and delivering constant 

returns on shareholder wealth; and 

the Group’s achievement of strategic objectives.  

For Company Executives, the remuneration framework 

– 

fixed remuneration: comprising base pay, benefits and 

–  short-term incentive: comprising an annual cash bonus; 

superannuation; 

and  

– 

– 

– 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    23 

(i)  Ann Sherry was appointed as Chair and Director on  

currently has the following components: 

Non-Executive Director (Chairman) 

relevant Company’s performance; and 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration Report – Audited 

Contents 
1 Introduction 
2 Key Management Personnel (KMP) disclosed in this 

report 

3 Remuneration Governance 
4 Executive Remuneration policy and framework 
5 Executive service agreements 
6 Non-Executive Directors 
7 Directors’ and Executive Officers’ remuneration 
8 Share-based payments 
9 Directors’ and Executive Officers’ holdings of shares 
10 Loans to Key Management Personnel 
11 Remuneration and Group performance 

1 Introduction 
The Directors of Enero Group Limited present this 
Remuneration Report for the Group for the year ended  
30 June 2020. The information provided in the 
Remuneration Report has been audited as required by 
section 308(3C) of the Corporations Act 2001 and forms 
part of the Directors’ Report. 

The Remuneration Report outlines practices and specific 
remuneration arrangements that apply to Key Management 
Personnel (KMP) in accordance with the requirements of 
the Corporations Act 2001 and explains how the 
Company’s financial performance has driven remuneration 
outcomes.   

2 Key Management Personnel (KMP) disclosed in this 
report 
KMP comprise the Directors of the Company and 
Executives. The KMP covered in this Remuneration Report 
are those people having authority and responsibility for 
planning, directing and controlling the activities of the 
Group, directly or indirectly. The table below outlines the 
KMP at any time during the financial year; and unless 
otherwise indicated, they were KMP for the entire year.    

Name 
Non-Executive  
Directors 
Ann Sherry(i) 
Susan McIntosh 
Anouk Darling 
David Brain 
Ian Rowden 
John Porter (ii) 

Executives 
Brendan York 
Fiona Chilcott 

Role 

Non-Executive Director (Chair) 
Non-Executive Director 
Non-Executive Director 
Non-Executive Director 
Non-Executive Director 
Non-Executive Director (Chairman) 

Chief Financial Officer 
Chief People and Culture Officer 

Former Executives 
Matthew Melhuish(iii)  Chief Executive Officer and 

Executive Director 

(i)  Ann Sherry was appointed as Chair and Director on  

1 January 2020. 

(ii)  John Porter resigned as Chairman and Director on  

31 December 2019. 

(iii)  Matthew Melhuish resigned as Director effective  

23 December 2019 and as CEO effective 31 March 2020. 

3 Remuneration Governance 
The Board has established the Remuneration and 
Nominations Committee (‘Committee’). It is responsible for 
making recommendations on remuneration matters to the 
Board on: 
– 
–  operation of the incentive plans which apply to 

the over-arching executive remuneration framework; 

Executives including key performance indicators and 
performance hurdles; 

– 

remuneration levels of Company Executives and 
Subsidiary Executives; 

–  appointment of the Chief Executive Officer, senior 

Executives and Directors themselves; and 

–  Non-Executive Director fees. 
The Committee’s objective is to ensure that remuneration 
policies and structures are fair, competitive to attract 
suitably qualified candidates, reward the achievement of 
strategic short-term and long-term objectives and achieve 
long-term value creation for shareholders. 

The Corporate Governance Statement (available in the 
Corporate Governance section of the Company’s website) 
provides further information on the role of the Committee. 

The Remuneration and Nomination Committee operates 
independently of the Enero Executive team and engages 
directly with remuneration advisers.  

There were no services used from remuneration 
consultants during the year ended 30 June 2020. 

4 Executive Remuneration policy and framework 
The objective of the Group’s executive reward framework is 
to attract, motivate and retain employees with the required 
capabilities and experience to ensure the delivery of 
business strategy aligning with the interests of 
shareholders.  

The Executive Remuneration framework includes the 
Company Executives and the subsidiary Executives to 
ensure alignment across all levels of the Group. 

The framework aligns executive reward with the 
achievement of strategic objectives resulting in 
remuneration structures taking into account: 
– 

the responsibility, performance and experience of key 
management personnel; 

– 

– 

the key management personnel’s ability to control the 
relevant Company’s performance; and 

the Group’s performance, including: 
– 

the Group’s earnings with profit a core component 
of remuneration design; 

– 

– 

the growth in share price and delivering constant 
returns on shareholder wealth; and 

the Group’s achievement of strategic objectives.  

For Company Executives, the remuneration framework 
currently has the following components: 
– 

fixed remuneration: comprising base pay, benefits and 
superannuation; 

–  short-term incentive: comprising an annual cash bonus; 

and  

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    23 

23

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report 

DIRECTORS’  
REPORT

– 

long-term incentive: equity-based Share Appreciation 
Rights Plan. 

as well as employer contributions to superannuation and 
pension funds. 

For Subsidiary Executives, the remuneration framework 
currently has the following components: 
– 

fixed remuneration: comprising base pay, benefits and 
superannuation; 

–  short-term incentive: comprising either an annual cash 

bonus and/or a retained equity interest in the subsidiary 
entitling a dividend stream linked to profitability; and  

Remuneration levels are reviewed annually by the 
Remuneration and Nomination Committee through a 
process that considers the responsibility, performance and 
experience of the individual and the overall performance of 
the Group and ensures competitive market salaries are 
provided. An Executive’s remuneration may also be 
reviewed on promotion. 

– 

long-term incentive: equity-based Share Appreciation 
Rights Plan. 

There are no guaranteed fixed remuneration increases 
included in any Executive contracts. 

The remuneration framework for Subsidiary Executives has 
been disclosed in this report despite such Executives not 
meeting the definition of KMP. 

In structuring the remuneration mix for each role, the Board 
aims to balance fixed and variable remuneration to best 
achieve short-term and long-term performance outcomes.  

4(a) Fixed remuneration 
Fixed remuneration consists of base remuneration (which 
is calculated on a total cost-to-Company basis and includes 
fringe benefits tax charges related to employee benefits), 

4(b) Performance-linked remuneration 
Performance-linked remuneration includes both short-term 
incentives (STI) and long-term incentives (LTI) and is 
designed to reward KMPs, Executives, Subsidiary 
Executives and key leadership for meeting or exceeding 
financial, strategic and personal targets. 

The STI for the CEO and Company Executives align 
Executives with the creation of shareholder value through 
driving top-line revenue growth along with Operating 
EBITDA margin improvements.  

Short-term incentives (STI): 

The purpose of STI is to motivate and reward Executives for contributing to the delivery of annual business performance 
as assessed against financial and non-financial measures.  

Participant 
CEO 

Company Executives 

Subsidiary Executives 

Performance measures and rationale 
The STI for the CEO is an annual cash-based maximum short-term incentive payment of 
70% of the CEO’s fixed remuneration determined by the achievement of Operating 
EBITDA hurdles and Earning Per Share (EPS) growth hurdles set by the Remuneration 
and Nomination Committee. The hurdles are set each financial year determined by 
reference to business priorities. A component of the STI is also subject to the achievement 
of pre-determined KPI’s for the individual.  
The STI for Company Executives is an annual cash-based maximum short-term incentive 
payment of 70% of the Executive’s fixed remuneration determined by the achievement of 
Operating EBITDA hurdles and Earnings Per Share (EPS) growth hurdles set by the 
Remuneration and Nomination Committee. The hurdles are set each financial year 
determined by reference to business priorities. A component of the STI is also subject to 
the achievement of pre-determined strategic objectives for the individual. 
The STI for Subsidiary Executives is linked to the financial performance and direct 
profitability of their relevant subsidiary.  
For each subsidiary of the Company (or group of subsidiaries known as an Operating 
Business Unit) the STI has either one or a combination of the following structures: 
–  an Operating EBITDA sharing arrangement such that the CEO and key senior 

leadership of that subsidiary are entitled to a share of Operating EBITDA agreed by the 
Remuneration and Nomination Committee each year. A component of the share of 
Operating EBITDA is also subject to the achievement of pre-determined KPIs for both 
the individual and Operating Brand. The share of EBITDA is set each financial year by 
the Remuneration and Nomination Committee. This incentive is paid annually in cash 
after the end of the financial year; or 

–  an annual cash-based maximum short-term incentive payment of 70% of the 

Executive’s fixed remuneration determined by the achievement of net revenue hurdles. 
The incentive is paid annually in cash after the end of the financial year; or 

–  a direct equity interest in the subsidiary, entitling the holder to a dividend stream linked 

to financial performance of that subsidiary. Dividend payments are made to 
shareholders in accordance with that Subsidiary’s constitution, generally on a quarterly 
basis.  

The STIs (excluding dividends from direct equity interests in subsidiaries) are paid in cash following the end of the financial 
year and approval from the Remuneration and Nomination Committee. The Company Executives and Subsidiary 

Executives are not contractually entitled to the STI in their respective employment agreements and the Remuneration and 

Nomination Committee retains discretion to withdraw or amend the STI at any time.   

The Remuneration and Nomination Committee has the discretion to take into account any significant items in determining 

whether the financial KPIs have been achieved, where it is considered appropriate for linking remuneration reward to 

Company performance. 

Long-term incentives (LTI): 

Plan (SARP) (see Note 29). 

The purpose of the LTI is to align Executive remuneration with long-term shareholder value and the performance of the 

Group. The LTI is provided as an equity-based incentive in the Company under the terms of the Share Appreciation Rights 

Description 

The SAR Plan grants rights to shares in the Company on the achievement of appreciation 

in the Company’s share price over the vesting period. 

Enero’s Board may determine whether or not the grant of rights is conditional on the 

achievement of performance hurdles (including service conditions), and if so the nature of 

those hurdles.  

No dividends or voting rights are attached to the SARs. 

Eligibility  

The plan allows for the Board to determine who is entitled to participate in the SARP and it 

Performance period  

The performance period for the LTI is generally three years. 

may grant rights accordingly. 

Rights 

The exercise of each right will entitle the rights holder to receive a fraction of an ordinary 

share based on a conversion formula of E = (A – B) / A, where: 

–  E is the share right entitlement; 

–  A is the volume weighted average price (VWAP) for the Company’s shares for the 20 

business days prior to the vesting date of the rights; and 

–  B is the VWAP for the Company’s shares for the 20 business days before the rights 

were granted.  

on the applicable vesting date. 

If A – B is less than or equal to zero, the share right will not vest and will immediately lapse 

Other conditions 

Cessation of employment will result in the lapsing of any unvested SARs.  

Rights expire at 15 business days after the relevant vesting date or the termination of the 

individual’s employment. 

One share right shall never convert into more than one share in the capital of the Company. 

The Board may exercise discretion on early vesting of rights in the event of a change of 

control of the Group. 

Refer to the table below for a summary of SARs on issue. 

Refer to Section 8 (Share-based payments) of the Remuneration Report for further information regarding the SARs. 

Summary of Share Appreciation Rights on issue: 

VWAP for the 20 business days prior to the 

20 business days after the release of the 

Group financial report for the year ended: 

Issue date 

SARs issued 

Participants 

grant (B) 

Vesting dates: 

Tranche 1 (1/3rd) 

Tranche 2 (1/3rd) 

Tranche 3 (1/3rd) 

Last expiry date  

30 June 2020. 

19 October 2017 

18 October 2018 

24 October 2019 

5,000,000 

4,500,000 

2,450,000 

Senior Executives 

Senior Executives 

Senior Executives 

$1.04 

$1.23 

$2.13 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2019 

30 June 2020 

30 June 2019 

30 June 2020 

30 June 2021 

30 June 2020 

30 June 2021 

30 June 2022 

30 September 2020 

30 September 2021 

30 September 2022 

Outstanding SARs as at 30 June 2020 

1,016,670 

1,800,000 

2,100,000 

Note: 2,000,000 SARs issued to the former CEO on 28 June 2019 were forfeited during the year, and are not on issue at  

24

24    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    25 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Executives are not contractually entitled to the STI in their respective employment agreements and the Remuneration and 
Nomination Committee retains discretion to withdraw or amend the STI at any time.   

The Remuneration and Nomination Committee has the discretion to take into account any significant items in determining 
whether the financial KPIs have been achieved, where it is considered appropriate for linking remuneration reward to 
Company performance. 

Long-term incentives (LTI): 

The purpose of the LTI is to align Executive remuneration with long-term shareholder value and the performance of the 
Group. The LTI is provided as an equity-based incentive in the Company under the terms of the Share Appreciation Rights 
Plan (SARP) (see Note 29). 

Description 

The SAR Plan grants rights to shares in the Company on the achievement of appreciation 
in the Company’s share price over the vesting period. 

Eligibility  

Performance period  

Rights 

Enero’s Board may determine whether or not the grant of rights is conditional on the 
achievement of performance hurdles (including service conditions), and if so the nature of 
those hurdles.  

No dividends or voting rights are attached to the SARs. 
The plan allows for the Board to determine who is entitled to participate in the SARP and it 
may grant rights accordingly. 
The performance period for the LTI is generally three years. 

The exercise of each right will entitle the rights holder to receive a fraction of an ordinary 
share based on a conversion formula of E = (A – B) / A, where: 

–  E is the share right entitlement; 
–  A is the volume weighted average price (VWAP) for the Company’s shares for the 20 

business days prior to the vesting date of the rights; and 

–  B is the VWAP for the Company’s shares for the 20 business days before the rights 

were granted.  

If A – B is less than or equal to zero, the share right will not vest and will immediately lapse 
on the applicable vesting date. 

Other conditions 

Rights expire at 15 business days after the relevant vesting date or the termination of the 
individual’s employment. 
Cessation of employment will result in the lapsing of any unvested SARs.  

One share right shall never convert into more than one share in the capital of the Company. 

The Board may exercise discretion on early vesting of rights in the event of a change of 
control of the Group. 

Refer to the table below for a summary of SARs on issue. 

Refer to Section 8 (Share-based payments) of the Remuneration Report for further information regarding the SARs. 

Summary of Share Appreciation Rights on issue: 

Issue date 
SARs issued 
Participants 
VWAP for the 20 business days prior to the 
grant (B) 
Vesting dates: 
20 business days after the release of the 
Group financial report for the year ended: 
Tranche 1 (1/3rd) 
Tranche 2 (1/3rd) 
Tranche 3 (1/3rd) 
Last expiry date  
Outstanding SARs as at 30 June 2020 

19 October 2017 
5,000,000 
Senior Executives 

18 October 2018 
4,500,000 
Senior Executives 

24 October 2019 
2,450,000 
Senior Executives 

$1.04 

$1.23 

$2.13 

30 June 2018 
30 June 2019 
30 June 2020 
30 September 2020 
1,016,670 

30 June 2019 
30 June 2020 
30 June 2021 
30 September 2021 
1,800,000 

30 June 2020 
30 June 2021 
30 June 2022 
30 September 2022 
2,100,000 

Note: 2,000,000 SARs issued to the former CEO on 28 June 2019 were forfeited during the year, and are not on issue at  
30 June 2020. 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    25 

25

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report 

DIRECTORS’  
REPORT

5 Executive service agreements 
It is the Group’s policy that service contracts for Key Management Personnel are in force either for a fixed period, with an 
extension period negotiable after completion of the initial term, or on a rolling basis. The agreements are capable of 
termination, acknowledging appropriate notice periods, and the Group retains the right to terminate the contract 
immediately for contractual breach by the Executive or by making payment in lieu of notice.  

The service agreements outline the components of remuneration paid to the Key Management Personnel. Remuneration 
levels are reviewed annually by the Remuneration and Nomination Committee or in accordance with the terms of the 
service agreements. 

Summary terms for current service agreements for Key Management Personnel: 

Duration of contract 
30 June 2023 

Notice period on 
termination by 
Group 
6 months 

Notice period  
on resignation by  
Key Management 
Personnel 

Termination payment on 
Termination payment 
resignation by Key  
on termination by  
Management Personnel  
Group  
(i) (ii) (iv) 
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)   
6 months  6 months base salary  6 months base salary 

Rolling 

6 months 

3 months  6 months base salary    3 months base salary  

Rolling 

3 months 

3 months  3 months base salary    3 months base salary  

Key Management Personnel 
Chief Executive 
Officer (v) 
Chief Financial 
Officer 
Chief People and 
Culture Officer 

(i) 

In addition to termination payments, Key Management Personnel are also entitled to receive, on termination of their employment, their statutory 
entitlements of accrued annual and long service leave, together with any superannuation benefits. 

(ii) 

Includes any payment in lieu of notice. 

(iii)  No termination payment is due if termination is for serious misconduct. 

(iv)  Executives are entitled to a pro-rata STI payment on termination, except for termination for serious misconduct. 

(v)  Brent Scrimshaw was appointed as CEO on 1 July 2020. 

Remuneration details of Executives are set out in Section 7 Directors’ and Executive Officers’ remuneration. 

6 Non-Executive Directors 
The Company’s Constitution provides that the Non-Executive Directors are each entitled to be paid such remuneration 
from the Company as the Directors decide for their services as Director, but the total amount provided to all Non-Executive 
Directors for their services must not exceed in aggregate in any financial year the amount fixed by the Company in a 
general meeting. This amount has been fixed by the Company at $750,000 for the financial year ended 30 June 2020. 

The remuneration of Non-Executive Directors does not include any performance-based pay and they do not participate in 
any equity-based incentive plans. Directors may be reimbursed for travelling and other expenses incurred in attending to 
the Company’s affairs. Directors may be paid such additional or special remuneration as the Directors decide is 
appropriate where a Director performs extra services or makes special exertions for the benefit of the Company.  

The following Non-Executive Director fees (inclusive of superannuation) have been applied in the years ended  
30 June 2020 and 30 June 2019: 

Base fees – annual  
Chairman 
Other Non-Executive Directors 

Committee fees – annual 
Audit and Risk Committee – Chair 
Remuneration and Nomination Committee – Chair 

2020 
$ 

120,000 
75,000 

2019 
S 

120,000 
75,000 

10,000 
10,000 

10,000 
10,000 

Total remuneration paid to Non-Executive Directors for the year ending 30 June 2020 amounted to $435,000  
(30 June 2019: $426,936), which is 58.0% of the annual aggregate cap. 

Remuneration details of Non-Executive Directors are set out in Section 7 Directors’ and Executive Officers’ remuneration. 

7 Directors’ and Executive Officers’ remuneration 

7(a) Directors’ and Executive Officers’ short-term cash benefits, post-employment benefits, other long-term remuneration 

and equity-based remuneration 

Details of the nature and amount of each element of the remuneration of each Director of the Company, and each of the 

Executives of the Company who are KMPs, are shown in the table below: 

Short-term benefits 

employment 

benefits 

Post-

Long-term 

Salary  

and fees 

Cash  

STI(i) 

Annual  

Long service 

Termination 

leave(ii)  Superannuation 

leave(ii) 

benefit 

  Share-based 

payments  

Value of 

Share 

Appreciation 

Rights (LTI)(iii) 

Proportion of 

total 

remuneration 

performance 

related(iv) 

% 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Total 

$ 

65,000 

– 

75,000 

75,000 

85,000 

82,013 

75,000 

75,000 

75,000 

46,058 

60,000 

120,000 

– 

28,865 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

14.52 

48.32 

45.76 

49.00 

40.17 

43.96 

$ 

– 

65,000 

68,493 

68,493 

77,626 

74,898 

75,000 

75,000 

75,000 

46,058 

60,000 

120,000 

– 

26,361 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

6,507 

6,507 

7,374 

7,115 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

2,504 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Non-Executive Directors 

Ann Sherry(v) 

Susan McIntosh 

Anouk Darling 

David Brain 

Ian Rowden(vi) 

John Porter(vii) 

Roger Amos(viii) 

Executive Director 

Matthew Melhuish(ix) 

Director and CEO 

Executives 

Brendan York(xi) 

Chief Financial Officer 

Fiona Chilcott(x) (xi) 

Chief People and  

Culture Officer 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

618,750 

95,635 

(19,048) 

800,000 

492,319 

(30,744) 

21,003 

20,531 

(9,191) 

14,971 

188,269 

40,272 

935,690 

260,149 

1,557,226 

375,000 

181,791 

350,000 

222,319 

1,682 

1,609 

2020 

488,372 

181,791 

(2,981) 

2019 

437,601 

222,319 

(1,101) 

21,003 

20,531 

21,003 

20,531 

6,829 

6,795 

1,759 

821 

159,437 

745,742 

141,690 

742,944 

159,437 

849,381 

136,902 

817,073 

(i)  The short-term incentive bonus is for performance during the 30 June 2020 financial year using the criteria set out on page 24. The table above 

includes the expense incurred during the financial year for the bonuses awarded. Refer to the table on page 28 for the bonuses awarded. 

(ii)  Amounts represent movements in employee leave entitlements, with a negative balance representing an overall reduction in the employee leave 

provision compared with the prior year. 

(iii)  Share Appreciation Rights are calculated at the date of grant using the Monte Carlo simulation model. The fair value is allocated to each 

reporting period on a straight-line basis over the period from the grant date (or service commencement date) to vesting date. 

(iv)  Percentages are based on total remuneration, including equity, cash, post-employment benefits and other compensation. 

(v)  Ann Sherry was appointed as Chair and Director on 1 January 2020. 

(vi)  Ian Rowden was appointed as Director on 21 November 2018. 

(vii)  John Porter resigned as Chairman and Director on 31 December 2019. 

(viii) Roger Amos resigned as Director on 18 October 2018. 

(ix)  Mathew Melhuish resigned as Director on 23 December 2019 and as CEO on 31 March 2020. 

(x)  Fiona Chilcott was seconded to the USA from 6 August 2018 to 14 January 2020; the remuneration disclosures for this period represent the 

USD compensation components converted to AUD at average exchange rates for the relevant year. 

(xi)  Brendan York and Fiona Chilcott were appointed Acting Co-CEOs for the period 1 April 2020 to 30 June 2020 and were paid an allowance of 

$25,000 each for the acting period. 

(xii)  Executives receive salary continuance insurance cover. There are no other benefits offered by the Company. 

7(b) Performance-related remuneration 

on page 24. 

Details of the Company’s policy in relation to the proportion of remuneration that is performance-based are discussed  

26

26    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    27 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7 Directors’ and Executive Officers’ remuneration 

7(a) Directors’ and Executive Officers’ short-term cash benefits, post-employment benefits, other long-term remuneration 
and equity-based remuneration 
Details of the nature and amount of each element of the remuneration of each Director of the Company, and each of the 
Executives of the Company who are KMPs, are shown in the table below: 

Short-term benefits 

Post-
employment 

Long-term 
benefits 

  Share-based 
payments  

Salary  
and fees 
$ 

Cash  
STI(i) 
$ 

Annual  
leave(ii)  Superannuation 
$ 

$ 

Long service 
leave(ii) 
$ 

Termination 
benefit 
$ 

Value of 
Share 
Appreciation 
Rights (LTI)(iii) 
$ 

Non-Executive Directors 
Ann Sherry(v) 

Susan McIntosh 

Anouk Darling 

David Brain 

Ian Rowden(vi) 

John Porter(vii) 

Roger Amos(viii) 

Executive Director 
Matthew Melhuish(ix) 
Director and CEO 

Executives 
Brendan York(xi) 
Chief Financial Officer 

Fiona Chilcott(x) (xi) 
Chief People and  
Culture Officer 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

65,000 

– 

68,493 

68,493 

77,626 

74,898 

75,000 

75,000 

75,000 

46,058 

60,000 

120,000 

– 

26,361 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

6,507 

6,507 

7,374 

7,115 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

2,504 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

618,750 

95,635 

(19,048) 

800,000 

492,319 

(30,744) 

21,003 

20,531 

(9,191) 

14,971 

375,000 

181,791 

350,000 

222,319 

1,682 

1,609 

2020 

488,372 

181,791 

(2,981) 

2019 

437,601 

222,319 

(1,101) 

21,003 

20,531 

21,003 

20,531 

6,829 

6,795 

1,759 

821 

Proportion of 
total 
remuneration 
performance 
related(iv) 
% 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Total 
$ 

65,000 

– 

75,000 

75,000 

85,000 

82,013 

75,000 

75,000 

75,000 

46,058 

60,000 

120,000 

– 

28,865 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

188,269 

40,272 

935,690 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

260,149 

1,557,226 

159,437 

745,742 

141,690 

742,944 

159,437 

849,381 

136,902 

817,073 

14.52 

48.32 

45.76 

49.00 

40.17 

43.96 

(i)  The short-term incentive bonus is for performance during the 30 June 2020 financial year using the criteria set out on page 24. The table above 
includes the expense incurred during the financial year for the bonuses awarded. Refer to the table on page 28 for the bonuses awarded. 

(ii)  Amounts represent movements in employee leave entitlements, with a negative balance representing an overall reduction in the employee leave 

provision compared with the prior year. 

(iii)  Share Appreciation Rights are calculated at the date of grant using the Monte Carlo simulation model. The fair value is allocated to each 

reporting period on a straight-line basis over the period from the grant date (or service commencement date) to vesting date. 

(iv)  Percentages are based on total remuneration, including equity, cash, post-employment benefits and other compensation. 

(v)  Ann Sherry was appointed as Chair and Director on 1 January 2020. 

(vi)  Ian Rowden was appointed as Director on 21 November 2018. 

(vii)  John Porter resigned as Chairman and Director on 31 December 2019. 

(viii) Roger Amos resigned as Director on 18 October 2018. 

(ix)  Mathew Melhuish resigned as Director on 23 December 2019 and as CEO on 31 March 2020. 

(x)  Fiona Chilcott was seconded to the USA from 6 August 2018 to 14 January 2020; the remuneration disclosures for this period represent the 

USD compensation components converted to AUD at average exchange rates for the relevant year. 

(xi)  Brendan York and Fiona Chilcott were appointed Acting Co-CEOs for the period 1 April 2020 to 30 June 2020 and were paid an allowance of 

$25,000 each for the acting period. 

(xii)  Executives receive salary continuance insurance cover. There are no other benefits offered by the Company. 

7(b) Performance-related remuneration 
Details of the Company’s policy in relation to the proportion of remuneration that is performance-based are discussed  
on page 24. 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    27 

27

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report 

DIRECTORS’  
REPORT

7(c) STI included in remuneration 
Details of the vesting profile of the short-term incentive bonuses awarded as remuneration to each Executive of the 
Company and the Group, who are classified Key Management Personnel, are discussed below. 

In the reporting period, the Operating EBITDA hurdles and EPS growth hurdles performance measures are equally 
weighted in determining the percentage of fixed remuneration payable as a cash STI. The agreed strategic objectives are 
assessed using the average percentage of fixed remuneration of the Operating EBITDA hurdles and EPS growth hurdles 
and then applied against individual categories.  

Short-term incentive bonus(i)  Metric 

Maximum 
STI  
$ 

Actual STI 
included in  
remuneration  
$(iii) 

Actual STI as 
% of 
maximum STI  

STI forfeited  
as % of 
maximum STI 

Actual STI as a 
% of fixed 
remuneration(ii) 

%  
vested  
in year 

Company Executives 

Matthew Melhuish(iv) 

Brendan York 

Fiona Chilcott 

Operating EBITDA hurdles and 
EPS growth hurdles.  
Operating EBITDA hurdles and 
EPS growth hurdles. 
Operating EBITDA hurdles and 
EPS growth hurdles. 

412,426  100,886 

241,152  181,791 

241,152  181,791 

24% 

75% 

75% 

76% 

25% 

25% 

16% 

100 

49% 

100 

49% 

100 

(i)  Amounts included in remuneration for the financial year represent the amount that vested in the financial year based on the achievement of 

specified performance criteria as discussed in Section 4(b) Performance-linked remuneration and are approved following the completion of the 
reporting period audit. 

(ii)  Fixed remuneration is salary plus superannuation. 

(iii)  Actual STI included in remuneration includes any superannuation contribution amounts.  

(iv)  Represents pro rata STI for period through to 31 March 2020. 

8 Share-based payments 
8(a) Share-based payment arrangements granted as remuneration  
Details of SARs that were granted as compensation to each Key Management Personnel during the reporting period are 
as follows: 

Type of rights 
granted during  
2020  

Number of rights 
granted during  
2020 

Fair value per right at 
grant date  
$  

Grant date 

VWAP (for the 20 
business days prior to 
the grant) 
$  

Expiry date (ii) 

Company Executives 
Brendan York 
Fiona Chilcott 

SAR 
SAR 

350,000 
350,000 

24 Oct 2019 
24 Oct 2019 

0.26 – 0.46 
0.26 – 0.46 

2.13 
2.13 

30 Sept 2022 
30 Sept 2022 

(i)  The dates reflected in the table above represent the last vesting date for the SAR grant. The vesting date of the SARs is 20 business days after 

the release of the Group’s preliminary financial report for the relevant financial year. This is estimated to be around, but no later than,  
30 September each year. 

8(b) Analysis of share-based payments granted as remuneration  
Details of the vesting profiles of the rights granted as remuneration to a Director of the Company, and each of the KMPs, 
are shown below: 

Number of  
rights granted 

Type of 
rights 
 granted 

Grant date 

% vested  
in year 

% exercised  
in year 

% remaining 
to vest 

Company Executives 
Brendan York 

600,000 

SAR 

19 Oct 2017 

900,000 

SAR 

18 Oct 2018 

350,000 

SAR 

24 Oct 2019 

Fiona Chilcott 

600,000 

SAR 

19 Oct 2017 

900,000 

SAR 

18 Oct 2018 

350,000 

SAR 

24 Oct 2019 

33 

33 

– 

33 

33 

– 

33 

33 

– 

33 

33 

– 

33 

67 

100 

33 

67 

100 

Vesting date(i) 

30 Sep 2020 

30 Sep 2020  
and 30 Sep 2021 
30 Sep 2020, 30 Sep 2021 
and 30 Sep 2022 
30 Sep 2020 

30 Sep 2020  
and 30 Sep 2021 
30 Sep 2020, 30 Sep 2021 
and 30 Sep 2022 

(i)  The dates reflected in the table above represent all of the vesting dates for each remaining tranche of rights. The vesting date of the SARs is 20 
business days after the release of the Group’s preliminary financial report for the relevant financial year. This is estimated to be around 30 
September each year. 

Director 

Executives 

Brendan York 

Fiona Chilcott 

8(c) Analysis of movements in rights and value of rights exercised 

The movement during the reporting period in the number of rights over ordinary shares in Enero Group Limited held, 

directly, indirectly or beneficially, by each KMP, including their related entities, and value of rights exercised during the 

year, is as follows: 

Granted  

Granted as 

held at  

remuneration  

Granted  

held at  

Vested 

during  

1 Jul 2019 

in year 

Cancelled  Exercised 

30 Jun 2020 

the year 

30 Jun 2020 

$ 

Value of 

Value of 

rights 

rights 

Vested and  

granted 

exercised 

exercisable 

during 

during the 

at  

the year 

year 

$ 

Matthew Melhuish  4,466,667 

– 

(3,533,334) 

(933,333) 

–  933,333 

– 

– 

183,467 

1,300,000 

1,300,000 

350,000 

350,000 

– 

– 

(500,000) 

(500,000) 

1,150,000  500,000 

1,150,000  500,000 

–  126,817 

–  126,817 

97,900 

97,900 

No share-based payments held by KMP are vested but not exercisable at 30 June 2020. 

No share-based payments were held by KMP related parties. 

No terms of equity-settled share-based payment transactions (including rights granted as compensation to Key 

Management Personnel) have been altered or modified by the issuing entity during the reporting period or the prior period. 

9 Directors’ and Executive Officers’ holdings of shares 

The movement during the reporting period in the number of ordinary shares in Enero Group Limited, held directly, indirectly 

or beneficially, by each KMP, including their related parties, is as follows: 

1 July 2019 

Purchases 

remuneration 

rights 

Sales 

30 June 2020 

Issued as 

Received on 

exercise of 

Directors 

Ann Sherry(i) 

Susan McIntosh 

Anouk Darling 

David Brain 

Ian Rowden 

John Porter(ii) 

Matthew Melhuish(ii) 

Executives 

Brendan York 

Fiona Chilcott 

Held at  

18,750 

122,223 

19,607 

75,000 

– 

270,833 

1,712,747 

287,892 

– 

60,000 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

359,436 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Held at 

18,750 

122,223 

19,607 

75,000 

60,000 

270,833 

2,072,183 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

194,709 

194,709 

(118,953) 

(97,000) 

363,648 

97,709 

(i)   Opening balance represents shares held at the date of appointment. 

(ii)  Closing balance represents shares held at the date of resignation. 

10 Loans to Key Management Personnel 

reporting date. 

No loans to Key Management Personnel and their related parties were made during the year or were outstanding at the 

28

28    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    29 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8(c) Analysis of movements in rights and value of rights exercised 
The movement during the reporting period in the number of rights over ordinary shares in Enero Group Limited held, 
directly, indirectly or beneficially, by each KMP, including their related entities, and value of rights exercised during the 
year, is as follows: 

Granted  
held at  
1 Jul 2019 

Granted as 
remuneration  
in year 

Cancelled  Exercised 

Granted  
held at  
30 Jun 2020 

Vested 
during  
the year 

Vested and  
exercisable 
at  
30 Jun 2020 

Value of 
rights 
granted 
during 
the year 
$ 

Value of 
rights 
exercised 
during the 
year 
$ 

Director 
Matthew Melhuish  4,466,667 

– 

(3,533,334) 

(933,333) 

–  933,333 

– 

– 

183,467 

Executives 
Brendan York 
Fiona Chilcott 

1,300,000 
1,300,000 

350,000 
350,000 

– 
– 

(500,000) 
(500,000) 

1,150,000  500,000 
1,150,000  500,000 

–  126,817 
–  126,817 

97,900 
97,900 

No share-based payments held by KMP are vested but not exercisable at 30 June 2020. 

No share-based payments were held by KMP related parties. 

No terms of equity-settled share-based payment transactions (including rights granted as compensation to Key 
Management Personnel) have been altered or modified by the issuing entity during the reporting period or the prior period. 

9 Directors’ and Executive Officers’ holdings of shares 
The movement during the reporting period in the number of ordinary shares in Enero Group Limited, held directly, indirectly 
or beneficially, by each KMP, including their related parties, is as follows: 

Directors 
Ann Sherry(i) 
Susan McIntosh 
Anouk Darling 
David Brain 
Ian Rowden 
John Porter(ii) 
Matthew Melhuish(ii) 

Executives 
Brendan York 
Fiona Chilcott 

Held at  
1 July 2019 

Purchases 

Issued as 
remuneration 

Received on 
exercise of 
rights 

Sales 

Held at 
30 June 2020 

18,750 
122,223 
19,607 
75,000 
– 
270,833 
1,712,747 

287,892 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
60,000 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
359,436 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

18,750 
122,223 
19,607 
75,000 
60,000 
270,833 
2,072,183 

194,709 
194,709 

(118,953) 
(97,000) 

363,648 
97,709 

(i)   Opening balance represents shares held at the date of appointment. 

(ii)  Closing balance represents shares held at the date of resignation. 

10 Loans to Key Management Personnel 
No loans to Key Management Personnel and their related parties were made during the year or were outstanding at the 
reporting date. 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    29 

29

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report 

DIRECTORS’  
REPORT

11 Remuneration and Group performance 
The Remuneration and Nomination Committee has given consideration to the Group’s performance and consequences on 
shareholder wealth in the current financial year and the four previous financial years. Financial performance from 
operations of the current and last four financial years is indicated in the following table: 

Metric 
Net Revenue ($’000) 
Operating EBITDA ($’000) 
Operating EBITDA margin (%) 
Net Profit to equity holders pre significant 
items ($’000) 

30 June  
2020 

30 June  
2019 

30 June  
2018 

30 June  
2017 

30 June  
2016 

135,825 
24,381 
17.95% 

129,535 
20,722 
16.00% 

103,685 
13,513 
13.03% 

100,172 
10,364 
10.35% 

113,488 
13,220 
11.65% 

12,881 

12,051 

7,846 

4,893 

6,584 

Earnings Per Share pre significant items (cps) 
Earnings Per Share pre significant items 
growth (%) 
Earnings Per Share basic (cps) 
Total Dividends Per Share (cps)(i) 
Opening share price (1 July) ($) 
Closing share price (30 June) ($) 

15.0 

6% 
12.5 
6.0 
1.49 
1.40 

14.2 

53% 
6.7 
5.5 
1.06 
1.42 

9.3 

58% 
10.1 
4.0 
1.03 
1.06 

5.9 

(26%) 
2.2 
5.0 
1.25 
1.04 

8.0 

321% 
8.0 
– 
0.71 
1.25 

(i)   In relation to 30 June 2017, Total Dividends Per Share related to a special dividend of 5 cps on the release of Group capital restrictions that had 

been in place from 2010. 

The Remuneration and Nomination Committee has determined appropriate remuneration structures which correlate 
remuneration of KMPs with future shareholder wealth.  

The Remuneration and Nomination Committee considers the achievement of financial targets (Operating EBITDA hurdles 
and EPS growth hurdles) as well as non-financial measures (strategic objectives) in setting the short-term incentives. 
Short-term incentives have been set by the Remuneration and Nomination Committee based on achievement of certain 
Operating EBITDA and EPS targets, which align remuneration with increases in profitability. The non-financial measures of 
the short-term incentives require achievement of financial targets before being assessed for payment.  

Longer-term profitability, changes in share price and return of capital are factors the Remuneration and Nomination 
Committee takes into account in assessing the LTI. The SAR plan aligns remuneration with share price performance 
because it only rewards KMPs for increases in the share price over the vesting period in addition to completing a service 
period. 

The Remuneration and Nomination Committee has reviewed both the financial performance in the current financial year as 
well as the achievement of strategic activities which took place during the current financial year. The Remuneration and 
Nomination Committee believes the current year achievements of: 

•  Net Revenue, Operating EBITDA and Operating EBITDA margin increases;  

• 

• 

• 

a 6% increase in EPS (pre significant items) year on year;  

increase in USA market presence, which was identified as a key strategic objective; and 

the improvements to the integration of the network across the Operating Brands through increased sharing of 
clients,  

are aligned with the achievement of future shareholder wealth and therefore confirm the Executive Remuneration policy 
and framework. 

End of Remuneration Report. 

30

30    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    

In thousands of AUD 

Note 

2020 

2019 

Consolidated income statement 

for the year ended 30 June 2020 

Gross revenue 

Directly attributable costs of sales 

Net revenue 

Other income 

Employee expenses 

Occupancy costs 

Travel expenses 

Communication expenses 

Compliance expenses 

Depreciation and amortisation expenses 

Administration expenses 

Contingent consideration fair value loss 

Finance income 

Finance costs 

Profit before income tax 

Income tax expense  

Profit for the year 

Attributable to: 

Equity holders of the parent 

Non-controlling interests 

Basic earnings per share (AUD cents) 

Diluted earnings per share (AUD cents) 

* The Group has initially applied AASB 16 at 1 July 2019, using the modified retrospective approach. Under this approach, comparative information is 

not restated and the cumulative effect of initially applying AASB 16 is recognised in retained earnings at the date of initial application. 

The notes on pages 36 to 69 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

3 

3 

3 

13 

4 

5 

18 

18 

268,741 

(132,916) 

135,825 

1,157 

(93,622) 

(2,001) 

(1,480) 

(2,083) 

(1,618) 

(8,281) 

(6,948) 

(2,174) 

269 

(1,989) 

17,055 

(3,397) 

13,658 

10,707 

2,951 

13,658 

12.5 

12.3 

230,032 

(100,497) 

129,535 

124 

(88,173) 

(7,202) 

(2,060) 

(2,413) 

(2,057) 

(3,275) 

(7,032) 

(6,390) 

574 

(1,260) 

10,371 

(2,297) 

8,074 

5,661 

2,413 

8,074 

6.7 

6.6 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    31 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated income statement 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

CONSOLIDATED  
INCOME STATEMENT

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

In thousands of AUD 

Note 

2020 

2019 

Gross revenue 

Directly attributable costs of sales 

Net revenue 

Other income 

Employee expenses 

Occupancy costs 

Travel expenses 

Communication expenses 

Compliance expenses 

Depreciation and amortisation expenses 

Administration expenses 

Contingent consideration fair value loss 

Finance income 

Finance costs 

Profit before income tax 

Income tax expense  

Profit for the year 

Attributable to: 

Equity holders of the parent 

Non-controlling interests 

Basic earnings per share (AUD cents) 

Diluted earnings per share (AUD cents) 

3 

3 

3 

13 

4 

5 

18 

18 

268,741 

(132,916) 

135,825 

1,157 

(93,622) 

(2,001) 

(1,480) 

(2,083) 

(1,618) 

(8,281) 

(6,948) 

(2,174) 

269 

(1,989) 

17,055 

(3,397) 

13,658 

10,707 

2,951 

13,658 

12.5 

12.3 

230,032 

(100,497) 

129,535 

124 

(88,173) 

(7,202) 

(2,060) 

(2,413) 

(2,057) 

(3,275) 

(7,032) 

(6,390) 

574 

(1,260) 

10,371 

(2,297) 

8,074 

5,661 

2,413 

8,074 

6.7 

6.6 

* The Group has initially applied AASB 16 at 1 July 2019, using the modified retrospective approach. Under this approach, comparative information is 

not restated and the cumulative effect of initially applying AASB 16 is recognised in retained earnings at the date of initial application. 

The notes on pages 36 to 69 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    31 

31

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT  
OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

Consolidated statement of changes in equity 

for the year ended 30 June 2020 

In thousands of AUD 

Note 

capital 

reserve 

reserve 

subsidiary 

reserve 

Total 

interests 

Share 

(Accumulated 

appropriation 

payment 

interest in 

translation 

Opening balance at 1 July 2018 

96,656 

25,235 

12,106 

(1,417) 

(19,767)  114,240 

832  115,072 

Non- 

controlling 

Total 

equity 

Attributable to owners of the Company 

Share-

based 

Reserve 

change in 

ownership 

Foreign 

currency 

Profit 

17 

17 

756 

– 

– 

(4,280) 

(756) 

– 

730 

– 

– 

– 

– 

730 

(4,280) 

(1,562) 

(5,842) 

– 

– 

– 

730 

Closing balance at 30 June 2019 

97,412 

6,955 

20,955 

12,080 

(1,417) 

(18,354)  117,631 

1,731  119,362 

Opening balance at 1 July 2019 

97,412 

6,955 

20,955 

12,080 

(1,417) 

(18,354)  117,631 

1,731  119,362 

Adjustment on initial application 

of AASB 9 (net of tax) 

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income 

for the year, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income for 

the year 

Transactions with owners 

recorded directly in equity: 

Shares issued to employees on 

exercise of Share Appreciation 

Rights 

Dividends paid to equity holders 

Share-based payment expense 

Adjustment on initial application 

of AASB 16 (net of tax) 

1(g) 

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income for 

the year, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income for 

the year 

Transactions with owners 

recorded directly in equity: 

Shares issued to employees on 

exercise of Share Appreciation 

Rights 

reserve 

Transfer to profit appropriation 

Dividends paid to equity holders 

17 

Share-based payment expense 

Retained 

profits/ 

losses) 

1,427 

(133) 

5,661 

– 

5,661 

(1,057) 

10,707 

10,707 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(133) 

5,661 

– 

2,413 

(133) 

8,074 

1,413 

1,413 

48 

1,461 

1,413 

7,074 

2,461 

9,535 

– 

– 

(1,057) 

10,707 

(28) 

2,951 

(1,085) 

13,658 

(489) 

(489) 

13 

(476) 

(489) 

10,218 

2,964 

13,182 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

17 

2,103 

– 

(2,103) 

(16,988) 

16,988 

(4,734) 

– 

564 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

564 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

564 

(4,734) 

(2,312) 

(7,046) 

Closing balance at 30 June 2020 

99,515 

(383) 

33,209 

10,541 

(1,417) 

(18,843)  122,622 

2,355  124,977 

* The Group has initially applied AASB 16 at 1 July 2019, using the modified retrospective approach. Under this approach, comparative information is 

not restated and the cumulative effect of initially applying AASB 16 is recognised in retained earnings at the date of initial application. 

The notes on pages 36 to 69 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Note 

In thousands of AUD 
Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss: 

Foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations 

Total items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss 

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Attributable to: 

Equity holders of the parent 

Non-controlling interests 

2020 
13,658 

(476) 

(476) 

(476) 

13,182 

10,218 

2,964 

13,182 

2019 
8,074 

1,461 

1,461 

1,461 

9,535 

7,074 

2,461 

9,535 

* The Group has initially applied AASB 16 at 1 July 2019, using the modified retrospective approach. Under this approach, comparative information is 

not restated and the cumulative effect of initially applying AASB 16 is recognised in retained earnings at the date of initial application. 

The notes on pages 36 to 69 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

32    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    

32

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    33 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT  
OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

Attributable to owners of the Company 

Retained 
profits/ 
(Accumulated 
losses) 

Profit 
appropriation 
reserve 

Share-
based 
payment 
reserve 

Reserve 
change in 
ownership 
interest in 
subsidiary 

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve 

Non- 
controlling 
interests 

Total 

Total 
equity 

1,427 

25,235 

12,106 

(1,417) 

(19,767)  114,240 

832  115,072 

Share 
capital 

96,656 

– 
– 

– 

– 

In thousands of AUD 

Note 

Opening balance at 1 July 2018 

Adjustment on initial application 
of AASB 9 (net of tax) 
Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive income 
for the year, net of tax 
Total comprehensive income for 
the year 
Transactions with owners 
recorded directly in equity: 
Shares issued to employees on 
exercise of Share Appreciation 
Rights 
Dividends paid to equity holders 
Share-based payment expense 

(133) 
5,661 

– 

5,661 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

17 
17 

756 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
(4,280) 
– 

(756) 
– 
730 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

(133) 
5,661 

– 
2,413 

(133) 
8,074 

1,413 

1,413 

48 

1,461 

1,413 

7,074 

2,461 

9,535 

– 
– 
– 

– 
(4,280) 
730 

– 
(1,562) 
– 

– 
(5,842) 
730 

Closing balance at 30 June 2019 

97,412 

6,955 

20,955 

12,080 

(1,417) 

(18,354)  117,631 

1,731  119,362 

Opening balance at 1 July 2019 

97,412 

6,955 

20,955 

12,080 

(1,417) 

(18,354)  117,631 

1,731  119,362 

Adjustment on initial application 
of AASB 16 (net of tax) 
Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive income for 
the year, net of tax 
Total comprehensive income for 
the year 
Transactions with owners 
recorded directly in equity: 
Shares issued to employees on 
exercise of Share Appreciation 
Rights 
Transfer to profit appropriation 
reserve 
Dividends paid to equity holders 
Share-based payment expense 

1(g) 

– 
– 

– 

– 

(1,057) 
10,707 

– 

10,707 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

17 

2,103 

– 

– 

(2,103) 

17 

– 
– 
– 

(16,988) 
– 
– 

16,988 
(4,734) 
– 

– 
– 
564 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

(1,057) 
10,707 

(28) 
2,951 

(1,085) 
13,658 

(489) 

(489) 

13 

(476) 

(489) 

10,218 

2,964 

13,182 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
(4,734) 
564 

– 
(2,312) 
– 

– 
(7,046) 
564 

Closing balance at 30 June 2020 

99,515 

(383) 

33,209 

10,541 

(1,417) 

(18,843)  122,622 

2,355  124,977 

* The Group has initially applied AASB 16 at 1 July 2019, using the modified retrospective approach. Under this approach, comparative information is 

not restated and the cumulative effect of initially applying AASB 16 is recognised in retained earnings at the date of initial application. 

The notes on pages 36 to 69 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    33 

33

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of financial position 
as at 30 June 2020 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT  
OF FINANCIAL POSITION

AS AT 30 JUNE 2020

In thousands of AUD 

Assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

Other assets 

Income tax receivable 

Total current assets 

Deferred tax assets 

Plant and equipment 

Right-of-use assets 

Other assets 

Intangible assets 

Total non-current assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Contingent consideration payable 

Lease liabilities 

Employee benefits 

Income tax payable 

Provisions 

Total current liabilities 

Contingent consideration payable 

Lease liabilities  

Employee benefits 

Provisions 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Equity 

Issued capital 

Other reserves 

Profit appropriation reserve 

Retained profits/(Accumulated losses) 

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the parent 

Non-controlling interests 

Total equity 

Consolidated statement of cash flows 

for the year ended 30 June 2020 

In thousands of AUD 

Cash flows from operating activities  

Cash receipts from customers 

Cash paid to suppliers and employees 

Cash generated from operations 

Interest received 

Income taxes paid 

Interest paid 

Net cash from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities  

Proceeds from sale of plant and equipment 

Acquisition of plant and equipment 

Contingent consideration paid 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities  

Payment of lease liabilities 

Payment of hire purchase liabilities 

Dividends paid to equity holders of the parent 

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests in controlled entities 

Net cash used in financing activities 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held 

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 July 

Cash and cash equivalents at 30 June  

285,864 

(251,828) 

241,791 

(220,458) 

34,036 

269 

(3,258) 

(52) 

30,995 

10 

(1,406) 

(11,923) 

(13,319) 

(6,486) 

(493) 

(4,734) 

(2,312) 

(14,025) 

3,651 

99 

43,831 

47,581 

21,333 

574 

(3,665) 

(107) 

18,135 

22 

(1,700) 

(1,678) 

– 

– 

(1,423) 

(4,280) 

(1,562) 

(7,265) 

9,192 

260 

34,379 

43,831 

6 

13 

14 

14 

17 

6 

*  The Group has initially applied AASB 16 at 1 July 2019, using the modified retrospective approach. Under this approach, comparative information 

is not restated and the cumulative effect of initially applying AASB 16 is recognised in retained earnings at the date of initial application. 

** The application of AASB 16 has led to operating lease payments previously included in cash from operating activities being now included as 

payments of lease liabilities within financing activities. The net cash from operating activities and net cash used in financing activities for the 

current period have each increased by $6,486,000. 

The notes on pages 36 to 69 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

Note 

2020 

2019 

Note 

2020 

2019 

6 

7 

8 

5 

5 

9 

10 

8 

11 

2 

12 

13 

14 

15 

5 

16 

13 

14 

15 

16 

2 

17 

47,581 

34,611 

3,761 

– 

85,953 

2,636 

4,951 

11,759 

188 

109,102 

128,636 

214,589 

42,242 

15,119 

6,384 

3,732 

358 

– 

67,835 

10,434 

10,523 

820 

– 

21,777 

89,612 

124,977 

99,515 

(9,719) 

33,209 

(383) 

122,622 

2,355 

124,977 

43,831 

33,791 

5,297 

54 

82,973 

2,459 

5,877 

– 

197 

110,384 

118,917 

201,890 

38,380 

11,519 

493 

4,173 

507 

646 

55,718 

22,282 

– 

659 

3,869 

26,810 

82,528 

119,362 

97,412 

(7,691) 

20,955 

6,955 

117,631 

1,731 

119,362 

* The Group has initially applied AASB 16 at 1 July 2019, using the modified retrospective approach. Under this approach, comparative information is 

not restated and the cumulative effect of initially applying AASB 16 is recognised in retained earnings at the date of initial application. 

The notes on pages 36 to 69 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

34    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    

34

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    35 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of cash flows 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT  
OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

In thousands of AUD 

Cash flows from operating activities  

Cash receipts from customers 

Cash paid to suppliers and employees 

Cash generated from operations 

Interest received 

Income taxes paid 

Interest paid 

Net cash from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities  

Proceeds from sale of plant and equipment 

Acquisition of plant and equipment 

Contingent consideration paid 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities  

Payment of lease liabilities 

Payment of hire purchase liabilities 

Dividends paid to equity holders of the parent 

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests in controlled entities 

Net cash used in financing activities 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held 

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 July 

Cash and cash equivalents at 30 June  

Note 

2020 

2019 

285,864 

(251,828) 

241,791 

(220,458) 

34,036 

269 

(3,258) 

(52) 

30,995 

10 

(1,406) 

(11,923) 

(13,319) 

(6,486) 

(493) 

(4,734) 

(2,312) 

(14,025) 

3,651 

99 

43,831 

47,581 

21,333 

574 

(3,665) 

(107) 

18,135 

22 

(1,700) 

– 

(1,678) 

– 

(1,423) 

(4,280) 

(1,562) 

(7,265) 

9,192 

260 

34,379 

43,831 

6 

13 

14 

14 

17 

6 

*  The Group has initially applied AASB 16 at 1 July 2019, using the modified retrospective approach. Under this approach, comparative information 

is not restated and the cumulative effect of initially applying AASB 16 is recognised in retained earnings at the date of initial application. 

** The application of AASB 16 has led to operating lease payments previously included in cash from operating activities being now included as 
payments of lease liabilities within financing activities. The net cash from operating activities and net cash used in financing activities for the 
current period have each increased by $6,486,000. 

The notes on pages 36 to 69 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    35 

35

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements  
for the year ended 30 June 2020 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

Basis of preparation 

1. Basis of preparation 

Key numbers 

2. Operating segments 

3. Revenue  

4. Finance costs 

5. Income tax expense and deferred tax 

6. Cash and cash equivalents 

7. Trade and other receivables 

8. Other assets 

9. Plant and equipment 

10. Right-of-use assets 

11. Intangible assets 

12. Trade and other payables 

13. Contingent consideration payable 

14. Lease liabilities 

15. Employee benefits 

16. Provisions 

Capital 

17. Capital and reserves 

18. Earnings per share 

Risk 

19. Financial risk management/financial instruments 

20. Financing arrangements 

21. Impairment of non-financial assets 

Group structure 

22. Controlled entities 

23. Parent entity disclosures 

24. Deed of Cross Guarantee 

Unrecognised items 

25. Commitments 

26. Contingencies 

Other items 

27. Subsequent events 

28. Key Management Personnel and other related party disclosures 

29. Share-based payments 

30. Auditor’s remuneration 

Page 

1. Basis of preparation 

37 

39 

42 

43 

44 

46 

47 

47 

48 

49 

50 

51 

51 

52 

52 

53 

54 

55 

56 

60 

61 

62 

64 

65 

66 

66 

66 

66 

67 

69 

together with any key judgements and estimates used. 

Further information about critical accounting estimates and 

judgements made is included in the following notes: 

In preparing these financial statements, the notes have 

been grouped into sections under certain key headings. 

Each section sets out the accounting policies applied 

(a) Reporting entity 

Enero Group Limited (the Company) is a for-profit 

Company domiciled in Australia. The consolidated financial 

statements of the Company as at and for the year ended 

30 June 2020 comprise the Company and its subsidiaries 

(together referred to as the ‘Group’). 

The financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2020 

were authorised for issue in accordance with a resolution  

of the Directors on 26 August 2020. 

(b) Statement of compliance 

The consolidated financial statements are a general 

purpose financial report which has been prepared in 

accordance with Australian Accounting Standards 

the Australian Accounting Standards Board (‘AASB’) and 

the Corporations Act 2001. The consolidated financial 

statements comply with International Financial Reporting 

Standards (IFRS) and interpretations (IFRICs) adopted by 

the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).  

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed 

on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates 

are recognised in the period in which the estimate is 

revised and in any future periods if affected.  

 3. Revenue 

• 

• 

 5. Income tax expense and deferred tax 

•  10. Right-of-use assets  

•  13. Contingent consideration payables 

•  14. Lease liabilities 

•  19. Financial risk management/financial  

      instruments (Trade receivables) 

•  21. Impairment of non-financial assets 

•  29. Share-based payments 

(iv) Measurement of fair values 

A number of the Group’s accounting policies and 

both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities. 

When measuring the fair value of an asset or liability, the 

Group uses market observable data as far as possible. Fair 

values are categorised into different levels in a fair value 

hierarchy based on the inputs used in the valuation 

techniques as follows: 

Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for 

Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 

that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 

(i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and 

Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based 

on observable market data (unobservable inputs). 

If the inputs used to measure the fair value of an asset or a 

liability might be categorised in different levels of the fair 

value hierarchy, then the fair value measurement is 

categorised in its entirety in the same level of the fair value 

hierarchy as the lowest level of input that is significant to 

(‘AASBs’) (including Australian Interpretations) adopted by 

disclosures require the measurement of fair values, for 

(c) Basis of preparation 

(i) Basis of measurement 

Note 1(c)(iv). 

The consolidated financial statements are prepared on the 

identical assets or liabilities; 

historical cost basis except for the items as described in 

The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations 

(Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 

2016/191 and, in accordance with that Class Order, 

amounts in the consolidated financial statements and 

Directors’ Report have been rounded off to the nearest 

thousand dollars, unless otherwise stated. 

(ii) Going concern 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared 

on a going concern basis which assumes the Group will 

the entire measurement. 

continue its operations and be able to meet its obligations 

The Group recognises transfers between levels of the fair 

as and when they become due and payable. This 

value hierarchy at the end of the reporting period during 

assumption is based on an analysis of the Group’s ability to 

which the change has occurred. 

meet its future cash flow requirements using its projected 

cash flows from operations and existing cash reserves held 

Further information about the assumptions made in 

measuring fair values is included in the following notes: 

as at 30 June 2020. 

(iii) Use of estimates and judgements 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity  

with AASBs requires management to make judgements, 

estimates and assumptions that affect the application of 

policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, 

•  13. Contingent consideration payables 

•  19. Financial instruments (cash flow hedges) 

•  29. Share-based payments 

(d) Foreign currency 

(i) Functional and presentation currency 

income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these 

estimates. The estimates and associated assumptions are 

The consolidated financial statements are presented in 

Australian dollars, which is the Company’s functional 

based on historical experience and various other  

factors that are believed to be reasonable under the 

circumstances, the results of which form the basis of 

making the judgements about carrying values of assets 

and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other 

sources. 

currency. 

36

36    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    37 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1. Basis of preparation 

In preparing these financial statements, the notes have 
been grouped into sections under certain key headings. 
Each section sets out the accounting policies applied 
together with any key judgements and estimates used. 

(a) Reporting entity 
Enero Group Limited (the Company) is a for-profit 
Company domiciled in Australia. The consolidated financial 
statements of the Company as at and for the year ended 
30 June 2020 comprise the Company and its subsidiaries 
(together referred to as the ‘Group’). 

The financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2020 
were authorised for issue in accordance with a resolution  
of the Directors on 26 August 2020. 

(b) Statement of compliance 
The consolidated financial statements are a general 
purpose financial report which has been prepared in 
accordance with Australian Accounting Standards 
(‘AASBs’) (including Australian Interpretations) adopted by 
the Australian Accounting Standards Board (‘AASB’) and 
the Corporations Act 2001. The consolidated financial 
statements comply with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS) and interpretations (IFRICs) adopted by 
the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).  

(c) Basis of preparation 
(i) Basis of measurement 
The consolidated financial statements are prepared on the 
historical cost basis except for the items as described in 
Note 1(c)(iv). 

The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations 
(Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 
2016/191 and, in accordance with that Class Order, 
amounts in the consolidated financial statements and 
Directors’ Report have been rounded off to the nearest 
thousand dollars, unless otherwise stated. 

(ii) Going concern 
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared 
on a going concern basis which assumes the Group will 
continue its operations and be able to meet its obligations 
as and when they become due and payable. This 
assumption is based on an analysis of the Group’s ability to 
meet its future cash flow requirements using its projected 
cash flows from operations and existing cash reserves held 
as at 30 June 2020. 

(iii) Use of estimates and judgements 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity  
with AASBs requires management to make judgements, 
estimates and assumptions that affect the application of 
policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, 
income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these 
estimates. The estimates and associated assumptions are 
based on historical experience and various other  
factors that are believed to be reasonable under the 
circumstances, the results of which form the basis of 
making the judgements about carrying values of assets 
and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other 
sources. 

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed 
on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates 
are recognised in the period in which the estimate is 
revised and in any future periods if affected.  

Further information about critical accounting estimates and 
judgements made is included in the following notes: 

 3. Revenue 
 5. Income tax expense and deferred tax 

• 
• 
•  10. Right-of-use assets  
•  13. Contingent consideration payables 
•  14. Lease liabilities 
•  19. Financial risk management/financial  
      instruments (Trade receivables) 
•  21. Impairment of non-financial assets 
•  29. Share-based payments 

(iv) Measurement of fair values 
A number of the Group’s accounting policies and 
disclosures require the measurement of fair values, for 
both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities. 

When measuring the fair value of an asset or liability, the 
Group uses market observable data as far as possible. Fair 
values are categorised into different levels in a fair value 
hierarchy based on the inputs used in the valuation 
techniques as follows: 

Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for 
identical assets or liabilities; 

Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 
that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 
(i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and 

Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based 
on observable market data (unobservable inputs). 

If the inputs used to measure the fair value of an asset or a 
liability might be categorised in different levels of the fair 
value hierarchy, then the fair value measurement is 
categorised in its entirety in the same level of the fair value 
hierarchy as the lowest level of input that is significant to 
the entire measurement. 

The Group recognises transfers between levels of the fair 
value hierarchy at the end of the reporting period during 
which the change has occurred. 

Further information about the assumptions made in 
measuring fair values is included in the following notes: 

•  13. Contingent consideration payables 
•  19. Financial instruments (cash flow hedges) 
•  29. Share-based payments 

(d) Foreign currency 
(i) Functional and presentation currency 
The consolidated financial statements are presented in 
Australian dollars, which is the Company’s functional 
currency. 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    37 

37

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

1. Basis of preparation (continued) 
(ii) Foreign currency transactions 
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the 
respective functional currencies of Group at the foreign 
exchange rates ruling at the dates of the transactions. 
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign 
currencies at the reporting date are translated to the 
respective functional currencies of the Group at the foreign 
exchange rate ruling at that date. Foreign exchange 
differences arising on retranslation are recognised in the 
income statement. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that 
are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign 
currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date 
of the transaction. Non-monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies that are stated at fair 
value are translated to the functional currency at foreign 
exchange rates ruling at the dates the fair value was 
determined. 
(iii) Foreign operations 
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including 
goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on 
consolidation, are translated to Australian dollars at foreign 
exchange rates prevailing at the reporting date. The 
income and expenses of foreign operations are translated 
to Australian dollars at rates approximating the foreign 
exchange rates ruling at the dates of the transactions.  

Foreign currency differences are recognised in other 
comprehensive income, and presented in the foreign 
currency translation reserve (FCTR) in equity. When a 
foreign operation is disposed of, in part or in full, the 
relevant amount in the FCTR is transferred to the income 
statement as part of the profit or loss on disposal. 

Foreign exchange gains and losses arising from a 
monetary item receivable from or payable to a foreign 
operation, the settlement of which is neither planned nor 
likely in the foreseeable future, are considered to form  
part of a net investment in a foreign operation and are 
recognised in other comprehensive income, and are 
presented within equity in the FCTR. 

(e) Goods and services tax (GST) 
Revenue, expenses and assets are recognised net of the 
amount of GST, unless GST incurred is not recoverable 
from the taxation authority. In this case it is recognised as 
part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of the 
expense. 
Receivables and payables are stated with the amount of 
GST included. The net amount of GST recoverable from,  
or payable to, the taxation authority, is included as a 
current asset or liability in the statement of financial 
position. 

Cash flows are presented on a gross basis. The GST 
components of cash flows arising from investing or 
financing activities, which are recoverable from or payable 
to the taxation authority, are presented as operating cash 
flows. 

(f) Changes in accounting policies 
Except for the impact of new accounting standards adopted 
this year as described below, the accounting policies 
provided throughout Notes 1 to 30 of this report have been 
applied consistently to all periods presented in the 
consolidated financial statements. 

(g) New standards and interpretations  
(i) New Standards Adopted 
AASB 16 Leases (‘AASB 16’) introduced a single, on-
balance sheet accounting model for lessees. As a result, 
the Group, as a lessee, has recognised right-of-use assets 
representing its right to use the underlying assets and 
lease liabilities representing its obligation to make lease 
payments. AASB 16 requires the Group to recognise 
substantially all of its operating leases on the statement of 
financial position. 

The Group has applied AASB 16 using the modified 
retrospective approach, under which the cumulative effect 
of initial application is recognised in retained earnings at  
1 July 2019. Accordingly, the comparative information 
presented for the period 1 July 2018 to 30 June 2019 has 
not been restated – it is presented, as previously reported, 
under AASB 117 and related interpretations. 

The following table summarises the impact, net of tax, on 
transition to AASB 16 on the opening balance of retained 
earnings at 1 July 2019: 

In thousands of AUD 
Retained earnings 
Lease liabilities recognised  
Right-of-use assets recognised 
Reduction in provisions relating to property leases 
Deferred tax asset recognised 

Impact, net of tax 

Equity holders of the parent 
Non-controlling interests 

Impact, net of tax 

(22,498) 
16,481 
4,512 
420 

(1,085) 

(1,057) 
(28) 

(1,085) 

At transition, the lease liabilities were measured at the 
present value of remaining lease payments using the 
Group’s incremental borrowing rates of 3.8% to 5.1% as at 
1 July 2019. The right-of-use assets were measured at 
their carrying amount as if AASB 16 has been applied 
since the lease commencement date and discounted using 
Group’s incremental borrowing rate as at 1 July 2019. 

The Group used following practical expedients on transition 
to AASB 16: 
• 

the Group elected to grandfather the assessment 
of which transactions are leases. It applied AASB 
16 only to transactions that were previously 
defined as leases. Contracts that were not 
identified as leases under AASB 117 and 
Interpretation 4 were not reassessed. Therefore, 
the definition of a lease under AASB 16 has been 
applied only to contracts entered into or changed 
from 1 July 2019; and 

• 

the Group applied the exemption not to recognise 
right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for leases 
of low value or with lease terms with less than  
12 months remaining at 1 July 2019. 

(ii) New Standards and interpretations not yet adopted 

2. Operating segments 

A number of new standards, amendments to standards and 

interpretations are effective for annual periods beginning 

after 1 July 2020, and have not been applied in preparing 

these consolidated financial statements. None of these are 

expected to have a significant effect on the Group’s 

The  Group  defines  its  operating  segments  based  on  the 

manner  in  which  services  are  provided  in  the  operational 

geographies and on internal reporting regularly reviewed by 

the Enero Executive team on a monthly basis, who are the 

Group’s chief operating decision makers (CODM). 

the amount in question is significant because of its 

Frank and CPR; and 

financial statements. 

(h) The notes to the financial statements 

The notes include information which is required to 

understand the financial statements and is material and 

relevant to the operations, financial position and 

performance of the Group. Information is considered 

material and relevant if, for example: 

size or nature; 

Group; 

it is important for understanding the results of the 

it helps to explain the impact of significant changes 

in the Group’s business – for example, acquisitions 

and impairment write-downs; or 

it relates to an aspect of the Group’s operations that 

is important to its future performance. 

resources.  

The notes are organised into the following sections: 

Revenues 

are 

all 

derived 

from  marketing 

and 

communication  services  centered  on  three  key  service 

competencies,  which  are  similar  in  the  nature  of  services 

and outputs, operate in similar economic environments and 

have a comparable customer mix: 

•  Creative and Content – BMF; 

• 

PR  and  Integrated  Communications  –  Hotwire, 

•  Digital, Data, Analytics and Technology – Orchard, 

The  Leading  Edge,  The  Digital  Edge  and 

OBMedia. 

The CODM have determined that the service competencies 

are  one  operating  segment  (Operating  Brands  segment) 

based  on 

internal  reporting  used  by  the  CODM  for 

performance assessment and determining the allocation of 

The measure of reporting to the Enero Executive team is on 

an Operating EBITDA basis (defined below), which excludes 

significant  and  non-operating  items  which  are  separately 

presented  because  of  their  nature,  size  and  expected 

infrequent  occurrence  and  does  not  reflect  the  underlying 

trading of the operations. 

In  relation  to  segment  reporting,  the  following  definitions 

apply to operating segments: 

Operating  EBITDA:  is  calculated  as  profit  before  interest, 

taxes, depreciation of plant and equipment, amortisation of 

intangibles, 

impairment  of 

intangibles,  and  contingent 

consideration fair value loss. 

Key numbers: provides a breakdown of individual 

line items in the financial statements that the 

Directors consider most relevant and summarises 

the accounting policies, judgements and estimates 

relevant to understanding these line items; 

Capital: provides information about the capital 

management practices of the Group and 

shareholder returns for the year; 

Risk: discusses the Group’s exposure to various 

financial risks, explains how these affect the 

Group’s financial position and performance and 

outlines what the Group does to manage these 

risks; 

Group structure: explains aspects of the Group 

structure and changes during the year; 

Unrecognised items: provides information about 

items that are not recognised in the financial 

statements but could potentially have a significant 

impact on the Group’s financial position and 

performance; and 

• 

Other items: provides information on items which 

require disclosure to comply with Australian 

Accounting Standards and other regulatory 

pronouncements, however are not considered 

critical in understanding the financial performance 

or position of the Group. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

38

38    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    39 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(ii) New Standards and interpretations not yet adopted 
A number of new standards, amendments to standards and 
interpretations are effective for annual periods beginning 
after 1 July 2020, and have not been applied in preparing 
these consolidated financial statements. None of these are 
expected to have a significant effect on the Group’s 
financial statements. 

(h) The notes to the financial statements 
The notes include information which is required to 
understand the financial statements and is material and 
relevant to the operations, financial position and 
performance of the Group. Information is considered 
material and relevant if, for example: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the amount in question is significant because of its 
size or nature; 

it is important for understanding the results of the 
Group; 

it helps to explain the impact of significant changes 
in the Group’s business – for example, acquisitions 
and impairment write-downs; or 

it relates to an aspect of the Group’s operations that 
is important to its future performance. 

The notes are organised into the following sections: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Key numbers: provides a breakdown of individual 
line items in the financial statements that the 
Directors consider most relevant and summarises 
the accounting policies, judgements and estimates 
relevant to understanding these line items; 

Capital: provides information about the capital 
management practices of the Group and 
shareholder returns for the year; 

Risk: discusses the Group’s exposure to various 
financial risks, explains how these affect the 
Group’s financial position and performance and 
outlines what the Group does to manage these 
risks; 

Group structure: explains aspects of the Group 
structure and changes during the year; 

Unrecognised items: provides information about 
items that are not recognised in the financial 
statements but could potentially have a significant 
impact on the Group’s financial position and 
performance; and 

Other items: provides information on items which 
require disclosure to comply with Australian 
Accounting Standards and other regulatory 
pronouncements, however are not considered 
critical in understanding the financial performance 
or position of the Group. 

2. Operating segments 
The  Group  defines  its  operating  segments  based  on  the 
manner  in  which  services  are  provided  in  the  operational 
geographies and on internal reporting regularly reviewed by 
the Enero Executive team on a monthly basis, who are the 
Group’s chief operating decision makers (CODM). 

all 

are 

derived 

Revenues 
and 
communication  services  centered  on  three  key  service 
competencies,  which  are  similar  in  the  nature  of  services 
and outputs, operate in similar economic environments and 
have a comparable customer mix: 

from  marketing 

•  Creative and Content – BMF; 
• 

PR  and  Integrated  Communications  –  Hotwire, 
Frank and CPR; and 

•  Digital, Data, Analytics and Technology – Orchard, 
The  Leading  Edge,  The  Digital  Edge  and 
OBMedia. 

The CODM have determined that the service competencies 
are  one  operating  segment  (Operating  Brands  segment) 
internal  reporting  used  by  the  CODM  for 
based  on 
performance assessment and determining the allocation of 
resources.  

The measure of reporting to the Enero Executive team is on 
an Operating EBITDA basis (defined below), which excludes 
significant  and  non-operating  items  which  are  separately 
presented  because  of  their  nature,  size  and  expected 
infrequent  occurrence  and  does  not  reflect  the  underlying 
trading of the operations. 

In  relation  to  segment  reporting,  the  following  definitions 
apply to operating segments: 

Operating  EBITDA:  is  calculated  as  profit  before  interest, 
taxes, depreciation of plant and equipment, amortisation of 
intangibles,  and  contingent 
impairment  of 
intangibles, 
consideration fair value loss. 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    39 

39

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

2. Operating segments (continued) 

2020 
In thousands of AUD 
Gross revenue 
Directly attributable cost of sales 
Net revenue 
Other income 
Operating expenses 
EBITDA 
Depreciation of right-of-use assets 
Operating EBITDA 
Depreciation of plant and equipment and 
amortisation of intangibles 
Contingent consideration fair value loss 
Net finance costs 
Profit before income tax 
Income tax expense 
Profit for the year 
Goodwill 
Other intangibles 
Assets excluding intangibles 
Total assets 
Liabilities 
Total liabilities 
Amortisation of intangibles 
Depreciation 
Capital expenditure 

2019 
In thousands of AUD 
Gross revenue 
Directly attributable cost of sales 
Net revenue 
Other income 
Operating expenses 
Operating EBITDA 
Depreciation of plant and equipment and 
amortisation of intangibles 
Contingent consideration fair value loss 
Net finance costs 
Profit before income tax 
Income tax expense 
Profit for the year 
Goodwill 
Other intangibles 
Assets excluding intangibles 
Total assets 
Liabilities 
Total liabilities 
Amortisation of intangibles 
Depreciation 
Capital expenditure 

* All segments are continuing operations. 

Operating 
Brands 
268,741 
(132,916) 
135,825 
1,157 
(101,274) 
35,708 

Total  
segment 
268,741 
(132,916) 
135,825 
1,157 
(101,274) 
35,708 

Unallocated 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(6,478) 
(6,478) 

Eliminations  Consolidated 
268,741 
(132,916) 
135,825 
1,157 
(107,752) 
29,230 
(4,849) 
24,381 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

(2,174) 

(2,174) 

– 

– 

(3,432) 
(2,174) 
(1,720) 
17,055 
(3,397) 
13,658 
107,997 
1,105 
105,487 
214,589 
89,612 
89,612 
1,095 
7,186 
1,406 

– 
– 
49,444 
49,444 
12,660 
12,660 
– 
394 
229 

– 
– 
(4,381) 
(4,381) 
(4,381) 
(4,381) 
– 
– 
– 

107,997 
1,105 
60,424 
169,526 
81,333 
81,333 
1,095 
6,792 
1,177 

Operating 
Brands 
230,032 
(100,497) 
129,535 
107 
(102,368) 
27,274 

107,997 
1,105 
60,424 
169,526 
81,333 
81,333 
1,095 
6,792 
1,177 

Total  
segment 
230,032 
(100,497) 
129,535 
107 
(102,368) 
27,274 

Unallocated 
– 
– 
– 
17 
(6,569) 
(6,552) 

Eliminations  Consolidated 
230,032 
(100,497) 
129,535 
124 
(108,937) 
20,722 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(6,390) 

(6,390) 

– 

– 

108,208 
2,176 
56,368 
166,752 
74,500 
74,500 
1,066 
1,379 
1,380 

108,208 
2,176 
56,368 
166,752 
74,500 
74,500 
1,066 
1,379 
1,380 

– 
– 
42,699 
42,699 
15,589 
15,589 
– 
830 
320 

– 
– 
(7,561) 
(7,561) 
(7,561) 
(7,561) 
– 
– 
– 

(3,275) 
(6,390) 
(686) 
10,371 
(2,297) 
8,074 
108,208 
2,176 
91,506 
201,890 
82,528 
82,528 
1,066 
2,209 
1,700 

The operating segments are managed on a worldwide basis. However, there are three geographic areas of operation. 

Geographical segments 

Geographical information 

In thousands of AUD 

Australia 

2020 

Net Revenue 

Operating EBITDA 

Operating EBITDA margin 

58,645 

11,536 

19.7% 

In thousands of AUD 

Australia 

2019 

Net Revenue 

Operating EBITDA 

Operating EBITDA margin 

59,975 

10,695 

17.8% 

UK and 

Europe 

37,701 

5,703 

15.1% 

UK and 

Europe 

38,611 

6,512 

16.8% 

USA 

39,479 

13,149 

33.3% 

USA 

30,949 

10,067 

32.5% 

Support 

Office(ii) 

Unallocated 

intangibles(i)  

Support 

Office(ii) 

Unallocated 

intangibles(i)  

(6,007) 

(6,552) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Total  

135,825 

24,381 

17.9% 

Total  

129,535 

20,722 

16.0% 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Non-current assets 

11,934 

4,927 

2,673 

109,102 

128,636 

Non-current assets 

6,220 

1,169 

1,144 

110,384 

118,917 

(i)  Goodwill and other intangibles are allocated to the Operating Brands segment. However, as the Operating Brands are managed at a global 

level they cannot be allocated across geographical segments. 

(ii)  Support office includes the share-based payment charge in the income statement.  

Major Customer 

Accounting policy 

Net revenue from a customer of the Operating Brands segment represented approximately 11.6% of the Group’s total net 

revenue for the year ended 30 June 2020 (2019: 11.6%). 

The Group determines and presents operating segments based on the information that is provided internally to the Enero 

Executive team, who are the Group’s chief operating decision makers (CODM). 

An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues 

and incur expenses, including revenues and expenses that relate to transactions with any of the Group’s other 

components. All operating segments’ results are regularly reviewed by the Group’s CODM to make decisions about 

resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance, and for which discrete financial information is 

available. 

be allocated on a reasonable basis. 

Segment results that are reported to the CODM include items directly attributable to a segment, as well as those that can 

Unallocated items comprise corporate overheads: costs associated with the centralised management and governance of 

Enero Group Limited, such as share-based payments charge, interest-bearing loans, costs of borrowings and related 

expenses, and corporate head office assets and expenses. 

Segment capital expenditure is the total cost incurred during the period to acquire assets that are expected to be used for 

more than one period. 

40

40    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    41 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Geographical segments 
The operating segments are managed on a worldwide basis. However, there are three geographic areas of operation. 

Geographical information 

In thousands of AUD 
2020 
Net Revenue 
Operating EBITDA 
Operating EBITDA margin 

Australia 

58,645 
11,536 
19.7% 

UK and 
Europe 

37,701 
5,703 
15.1% 

USA 

39,479 
13,149 
33.3% 

Support 
Office(ii) 

Unallocated 
intangibles(i)  

– 
(6,007) 
– 

– 
– 
– 

Total  

135,825 
24,381 
17.9% 

Non-current assets 

11,934 

4,927 

2,673 

– 

109,102 

128,636 

In thousands of AUD 
2019 
Net Revenue 
Operating EBITDA 
Operating EBITDA margin 

Australia 

59,975 
10,695 
17.8% 

UK and 
Europe 

38,611 
6,512 
16.8% 

USA 

30,949 
10,067 
32.5% 

Support 
Office(ii) 

Unallocated 
intangibles(i)  

– 
(6,552) 
– 

– 
– 
– 

Total  

129,535 
20,722 
16.0% 

Non-current assets 

6,220 

1,169 

1,144 

– 

110,384 

118,917 

(i)  Goodwill and other intangibles are allocated to the Operating Brands segment. However, as the Operating Brands are managed at a global 

level they cannot be allocated across geographical segments. 

(ii)  Support office includes the share-based payment charge in the income statement.  

Major Customer 
Net revenue from a customer of the Operating Brands segment represented approximately 11.6% of the Group’s total net 
revenue for the year ended 30 June 2020 (2019: 11.6%). 

Accounting policy 
The Group determines and presents operating segments based on the information that is provided internally to the Enero 
Executive team, who are the Group’s chief operating decision makers (CODM). 

An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues 
and incur expenses, including revenues and expenses that relate to transactions with any of the Group’s other 
components. All operating segments’ results are regularly reviewed by the Group’s CODM to make decisions about 
resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance, and for which discrete financial information is 
available. 

Segment results that are reported to the CODM include items directly attributable to a segment, as well as those that can 
be allocated on a reasonable basis. 

Unallocated items comprise corporate overheads: costs associated with the centralised management and governance of 
Enero Group Limited, such as share-based payments charge, interest-bearing loans, costs of borrowings and related 
expenses, and corporate head office assets and expenses. 

Segment capital expenditure is the total cost incurred during the period to acquire assets that are expected to be used for 
more than one period. 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    41 

41

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

3. Revenue  

In thousands of AUD 
Gross revenue from the rendering of services 
Directly attributable cost of sales 

Net revenue 

2020 
268,741 
(132,916) 

135,825 

2019 
230,032 
(100,497) 

129,535 

The disclosure of such revenue as either gross revenue or net revenue is dependent on whether the Group is primarily 

responsible for and controls the specific goods or services before they are ultimately transferred to the customer under the 

contract. In cases where the Group is primarily responsible for and controls those goods or services before they are 

passed on to the customer, the Group is determined to be a in a principal relationship and revenue is recognised on a 

gross basis (to gross revenue) with a corresponding amount in directly attributable cost of sales representing the third 

party out-of-pocket costs. Alternatively, under the revenue agency relationship, revenue is recognised on a net basis. 

Disaggregation of revenue 
In the following table, net revenue is disaggregated by primary geographical markets, which reconciles to the net revenue 
of the Group’s Operating Brands segment (see Note 2). No further disaggregation is required as substantially all revenue 
is recognised over time and all revenue is generated from fees for services. 

In thousands of AUD 
Australia 
UK and Europe 
USA 

Total Operating Brands segment 

2020 
58,645 
37,701 
39,479 

135,825 

2019 
59,975 
38,611 
30,949 

129,535 

Contract balances 
The following table provides information about receivables, contract assets and contract liabilities from contracts with 
customers. 

Accounting policy 

(i) Interest income 

In thousands of AUD 
Trade receivables 
Contract assets – Work in progress 
Contract liabilities – Unearned revenue 

Note 
7 
8 
12 

2020 
34,834 
1,513 
(13,496) 

22,851 

2019 
34,081 
2,475 
(12,767) 

23,789 

Contract Assets:  
The contract assets relate to the Group’s work in progress for accrued revenue recognised upon satisfaction of 
performance obligations and rechargeable disbursements at the period end which are not invoiced. The contract assets 
are transferred to receivables upon invoicing to the customer.  

Contract Liabilities:  
The contract liabilities relate to the Group’s unearned revenue for consideration received from customers prior to 
satisfaction of performance obligations of the contract. 

Given the short-term nature of customer contracts in the Group, it is expected that both contract assets will be recovered 
and contract liabilities utilised within the next 12 months from the reporting date. This applies for both the current year and 
the prior year.  

Accounting policy 
The Group provides marketing and communication services to a broad range of customers across three key geographic 
locations – Australia, UK and USA. The Group is a fee for service business where each operating business generates 
revenue from time spent on a particular project or delivering to agreed outcomes. The Group’s customer contracts are 
generally short-term and may be cancelled with notice periods in accordance with respective contracts. 

AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers requires identification of discrete performance obligations within a 
transaction and an associated transaction price allocation to these obligations. Revenue is recognised upon satisfaction of 
these performance obligations, which occur when control of the services is transferred to the customer. Principally, 
revenue is recognised depicting the transfer of promised services to customers with amounts reflecting consideration to 
which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for those services at any point in time. 

The Group’s customers typically receive the benefit of services as they are performed and substantially all customer 
contracts provide that the Group will be compensated for services performed to date. Accordingly, substantially all revenue 
is recognised over time as the services are performed. For fixed fee projects, key estimates and judgements for when 
revenue is recognised are using inputs or outputs (time and deliverables) measuring progress on the project. For retainer 
contracts, where a fixed fee is paid to provide a series of distinct performance obligations that are substantially the same, 
key estimates and judgements for when revenue is recognised use a time-based measure resulting in a straight-line 
revenue recognition. For customer contracts that include any variable consideration, such as performance incentives, 
revenue is estimated at the beginning of the contract based on the most likely outcome and recognised accordingly. 

The Group incurs a number of third party out-of-pocket costs in connection with services provided to customers. 

4. Finance costs 

In thousands of AUD 

Interest and finance costs 

Hire purchase interest 

Lease present value interest 

Finance costs 

Contingent consideration present value interest 

2020 

47 

5 

1,181 

756 

1,989 

2019 

36 

71 

1,153 

– 

1,260 

Foreign exchange gain of $187,000 (2019: gain of $141,000) has been recognised in the consolidated income statement 

and has been included in administration expenses. 

Interest income is recognised as it accrues to the related financial asset using the effective interest method. 

(ii) Interest and finance costs/Hire purchase interest 

Finance costs are recognised in the income statement using the effective interest method. They include interest on 

financial guarantees, amortisation of ancillary costs incurred in connection with financing arrangements and finance lease 

interest. 

(iii) Contingent consideration present value interest 

Present value interest is recognised in the income statement using the effective interest method and includes the effective 

interest cost relating to contingent consideration liabilities recognised in business combinations. 

(iv) Lease present value interest 

Present value interest is recognised in the income statement using the effective interest method and includes the effective 

interest cost relating to lease liabilities recognised for contracts that contain leases. 

42

42    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    43 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The disclosure of such revenue as either gross revenue or net revenue is dependent on whether the Group is primarily 
responsible for and controls the specific goods or services before they are ultimately transferred to the customer under the 
contract. In cases where the Group is primarily responsible for and controls those goods or services before they are 
passed on to the customer, the Group is determined to be a in a principal relationship and revenue is recognised on a 
gross basis (to gross revenue) with a corresponding amount in directly attributable cost of sales representing the third 
party out-of-pocket costs. Alternatively, under the revenue agency relationship, revenue is recognised on a net basis. 

4. Finance costs 

In thousands of AUD 
Interest and finance costs 
Hire purchase interest 
Contingent consideration present value interest 
Lease present value interest 

Finance costs 

2020 
47 
5 
1,181 
756 

1,989 

2019 
36 
71 
1,153 
– 

1,260 

Foreign exchange gain of $187,000 (2019: gain of $141,000) has been recognised in the consolidated income statement 
and has been included in administration expenses. 

Accounting policy 
(i) Interest income 
Interest income is recognised as it accrues to the related financial asset using the effective interest method. 

(ii) Interest and finance costs/Hire purchase interest 
Finance costs are recognised in the income statement using the effective interest method. They include interest on 
financial guarantees, amortisation of ancillary costs incurred in connection with financing arrangements and finance lease 
interest. 

(iii) Contingent consideration present value interest 
Present value interest is recognised in the income statement using the effective interest method and includes the effective 
interest cost relating to contingent consideration liabilities recognised in business combinations. 

(iv) Lease present value interest 
Present value interest is recognised in the income statement using the effective interest method and includes the effective 
interest cost relating to lease liabilities recognised for contracts that contain leases. 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    43 

43

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

5. Income tax expense and deferred tax 

Income tax expense 
Recognised in the income statement 

In thousands of AUD 
Current tax expense 
Current year 
Adjustments for prior years 

Deferred tax expense 
Origination and reversal of temporary differences 

Income tax expense in income statement 

Numerical reconciliation between tax expense and pre-tax accounting profit 
Profit for the year 
Income tax expense 
Profit excluding income tax 
Income tax expense using the Company’s domestic tax rate of 30% (2019: 30%) 
Increase in income tax expense due to: 
Share-based payment expense 
Tax losses not brought to account 
Unwind of present value interest 
Contingent consideration fair value loss 
Decrease in income tax expense due to: 
Effect of losses not previously recognised 
Effect of lower tax rate on overseas incomes 
Over-provision for tax in previous years 
Other (subtraction)/non-deductible items 

Income tax expense on pre-tax net profit 

2020 

3,292 
(136) 
3,156 

241 
241 
3,397 

13,658 
3,397 
17,055 
5,117 

169 
_ 
354 
652 

(1,751) 
(914) 
(136) 
(94) 

3,397 

2019 

3,194 
(237) 
2,957 

(660) 
(660) 
2,297 

8,074 
2,297 
10,371 
3,111 

219 
4 
346 
1,917 

(2,264) 
(781) 
(237) 
(18) 

2,297 

Current taxes 
The Group has a net current tax payable of $358,000 (2019: $453,000). The net current tax payable is comprised of 
current tax payables of $358,000 (2019: $507,000) and current tax receivables of $Nil (2019: $54,000). 

Deferred taxes 

Recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following: 

In thousands of AUD 
Deferred tax assets 
Tax losses carried forward 
Employee benefits 
Accruals and income in advance 
Leases 
Plant and equipment 
Others 
Gross deferred tax assets 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Fair value gain 
Identifiable intangibles 
Plant and equipment 
Work in progress 
Gross deferred tax liabilities 
Net deferred tax asset 

2020 

3,653 
1,143 
497 
1,325 
13 
80 
6,711 

3,653 
297 
116 
9 
4,075 
2,636 

2019 

3,653 
1,169 
601 
1,155 
47 
104 
6,729 

3,653 
485 
88 
44 
4,270 
2,459 

Movement in deferred tax balances 
Except for the AASB16 opening transition adjustment of $420,000 recognised as a deferred tax asset, the movement in deferred 
tax balances during the year was recognised in the income statement. 

Deferred tax assets not recognised 

Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of the following items because it is not probable that future taxable profit 

will be available against which the Group can utilise the benefits: 

2020 

9,443 

207,514 

216,957 

2019 

15,184 

207,513 

222,697 

In thousands of AUD 

Revenue losses 

Capital losses 

Gross tax losses carried forward 

Accounting policy 

in other comprehensive income. 

Income tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Current and deferred tax is recognised in 

the income statement except to the extent that it relates to a business combination, or items recognised directly in equity or 

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively 

enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. 

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for 

financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. The following temporary differences are not 

provided for: goodwill, the initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither the accounting nor the taxable profit, 

and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable 

future. 

The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount 

of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.  

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and assets, 

and they relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity, or on different taxable entities, 

but they intend to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis or their tax assets and liabilities will be realised 

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available, against 

which the asset can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related 

simultaneously. 

tax benefit will be realised. 

Key assumption 

The Group has recognised a deferred tax liability of $3,653,000 arising from the recognition of contingent consideration fair 

value gains in 2011 resulting in a potential future taxable capital gain. A deferred tax asset of $3,653,000 has been 

recognised on tax capital losses in the same jurisdiction arising from disposed subsidiaries. 

44

44    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    45 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax assets not recognised 
Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of the following items because it is not probable that future taxable profit 
will be available against which the Group can utilise the benefits: 

In thousands of AUD 
Revenue losses 
Capital losses 

Gross tax losses carried forward 

2020 
9,443 
207,514 

216,957 

2019 
15,184 
207,513 

222,697 

Accounting policy 
Income tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Current and deferred tax is recognised in 
the income statement except to the extent that it relates to a business combination, or items recognised directly in equity or 
in other comprehensive income. 

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively 
enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. 

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for 
financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. The following temporary differences are not 
provided for: goodwill, the initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither the accounting nor the taxable profit, 
and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable 
future. 

The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount 
of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.  

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and assets, 
and they relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity, or on different taxable entities, 
but they intend to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis or their tax assets and liabilities will be realised 
simultaneously. 

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available, against 
which the asset can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related 
tax benefit will be realised. 

Key assumption 
The Group has recognised a deferred tax liability of $3,653,000 arising from the recognition of contingent consideration fair 
value gains in 2011 resulting in a potential future taxable capital gain. A deferred tax asset of $3,653,000 has been 
recognised on tax capital losses in the same jurisdiction arising from disposed subsidiaries. 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    45 

45

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

6. Cash and cash equivalents 

In thousands of AUD 
Cash at bank and on hand 
Bank short-term deposits 
Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of financial position  
and the statement of cash flows 

2020 
34,447 
13,134 

47,581 

2019 
24,610 
19,221 

43,831 

For statement of cash flow presentation purposes, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, and short-term 
deposits with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which 
are subject to an insignificant risk of change in value. The Group has pledged short-term deposits amounting to 
$2,128,000 for indemnity guarantee facilities (see Note 20 Financing arrangements). The remaining bank short-term 
deposits are unrestricted.  

The Group’s exposure to interest rate risk and a sensitivity analysis for financial assets and liabilities are disclosed in  
Note 19 Financial risk management/financial instruments. 

Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities 

(i) Reconciliation of cash 
For the purpose of the statements of cash flows, cash includes cash on hand and at bank and short-term deposits at call, net of 
outstanding bank overdrafts. Cash at the end of the financial year as shown in the statement of cash flows is reconciled to the 
related items in the statement of financial position as follows: 

In thousands of AUD 

Cash assets 
(ii) Reconciliation of profit after income tax to net cash provided by 
operating activities 
Profit after income tax 

Add/(less) non-cash items: 
Profit on sale of plant and equipment 
Share-based payments expense 
Depreciation of plant and equipment 
Depreciation of right-of-use assets 
Amortisation of identifiable intangibles 
Contingent consideration fair value loss 
Contingent consideration present value interest 
Lease present value interest 
Decrease in income taxes payable (net) 
Decrease/(increase) in deferred tax (net) 

Net cash provided by operating activities before changes in  
assets and liabilities 
Changes in assets and liabilities: 
Increase in trade and other receivables 
Decrease/(increase) in work in progress 
Decrease/(increase) in prepayments 
Increase in other assets 
Increase in payables and accruals 
Increase in unearned income 
Increase in provisions 
(Decrease)/increase in employee benefits 
Net cash from operating activities 

2020 

47,581 

2019 

43,831 

13,658 

8,074 

2 
564 
2,337 
4,849 
1,095 
2,174 
1,181 
756 
(95) 
243 

(19) 
730 
2,209 
– 
1,066 
6,390 
1,153 
– 
(685) 
(724) 

26,764 

18,194 

(820) 
962 
857 
(273) 
3,055 
730 
_ 

(280) 
30,995 

(6,593) 
(930) 
(205) 
(51) 
6,283 
321 
557 
559 
18,135 

Less: provision for impairment loss 

19 

Note 

2020 

2019 

No interest is charged on trade debtors. The Group’s exposure to credit and currency risk and impairment losses related to 

trade and other receivables is disclosed in Note 19 Financial risk management/financial instruments. 

7. Trade and other receivables 

In thousands of AUD 

Current 

Trade receivables 

Other receivables 

Total trade and other receivables 

8. Other assets 

In thousands of AUD 

Current 

Work in progress 

Prepayments 

Other current assets 

Non-current 

Deposits 

34,834 

(261) 

34,573 

38 

34,611 

2020 

1,513 

1,961 

287 

3,761 

188 

188 

34,081 

(329) 

33,752 

39 

33,791 

2019 

2,475 

2,818 

4 

5,297 

197 

197 

46

46    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    47 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7. Trade and other receivables 

In thousands of AUD 
Current 
Trade receivables 
Less: provision for impairment loss 

Other receivables 
Total trade and other receivables 

Note 

2020 

2019 

19 

34,834 
(261) 
34,573 
38 
34,611 

34,081 
(329) 
33,752 
39 
33,791 

No interest is charged on trade debtors. The Group’s exposure to credit and currency risk and impairment losses related to 
trade and other receivables is disclosed in Note 19 Financial risk management/financial instruments. 

8. Other assets 

In thousands of AUD 
Current 
Work in progress 
Prepayments 
Other current assets 

Non-current 
Deposits 

2020 

1,513 
1,961 
287 
3,761 

188 
188 

2019 

2,475 
2,818 
4 
5,297 

197 
197 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    47 

47

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

9. Plant and equipment 

In thousands of AUD 
2020 
Cost 
Accumulated depreciation 
Net carrying amount 
Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of 
each class of plant and equipment: 
Carrying amount at the beginning of the year 
Additions 
Depreciation 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 
Disposals 

Carrying amount at the end of the year 

2019 
Cost 
Accumulated depreciation 
Net carrying amount 
Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of  
each class of plant and equipment: 
Carrying amount at the beginning of the year 
Additions 
Depreciation 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 
Disposals 

Carrying amount at the end of the year 

Computer 
equipment 

Office 
furniture 
and 
equipment 

Plant and 
equipment 

Leasehold 
improvements 

Total 

4,512 
(3,036) 
1,476 

2,028 
(1,423) 
605 

325 
(309) 
16 

1,589 
845 
(949) 
3 
(12) 

1,476 

850 
105 
(357) 
7 
– 

605 

4,722 
(3,133) 
1,589 

2,296 
(1,446) 
850 

1,444 
1,035 
(915) 
25 
– 

1,589 

854 
314 
(328) 
13 
(3) 

850 

25 
– 
(9) 
– 
– 

16 

338 
(313) 
25 

45 
– 
(19) 
– 
(1) 

25 

7,150 
(4,296) 
2,854 

3,413 
456 
(1,022) 
7 
– 

2,854 

7,068 
(3,655) 
3,413 

3,980 
351 
(947) 
29 
– 

3,413 

14,015 
(9,064) 
4,951 

5,877 
1,406 
(2,337) 
17 
(12) 

4,951 

14,424 
(8,547) 
5,877 

6,323 
1,700 
(2,209) 
67 
(4) 

5,877 

Accounting policy 
(i) Recognition and measurement 
Plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation (see below) and impairment losses (see Note 21 
Impairment of non-financial assets). The cost of the asset also includes the cost of replacing parts on an item of plant and 
equipment when it is probable that the future economic benefits embodied within the item will flow to the Group and the 
cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other costs are charged to the income statement as incurred. 

Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. Purchased software that is integral to 
the functionality of the related equipment is capitalised as part of that equipment. 

Where parts of an item of plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items of 
plant and equipment. 

(ii) Derecognition 
An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised when it is sold or otherwise disposed of, or when its use is 
expected to bring no future economic benefits. 

Gains and losses on derecognition are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and recognised 
within ‘Administration expenses’ in the income statement. 

(iii) Depreciation 
Depreciation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the assets’ estimated useful lives. The major 
categories of plant and equipment were depreciated in the current and, where applicable, comparative period as follows: 

Computer equipment 
Office furniture and equipment 
Plant and equipment 
Leasehold improvements 

25% to 40% 
10% to 25% 
10% to 25% 
Life of lease 

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each financial year end and adjusted if appropriate. 

10. Right-of-use assets 

In thousands of AUD 

Property leases 

Cost 

Accumulated depreciation 

Net carrying amount 

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of right-of-use assets: 

Carrying amount at the beginning of the year 

Recognised on transition to AASB 16 

Re-measurement of lease liabilities 

Depreciation 

Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Carrying amount at the end of the year 

Transition to AASB 16 

2020 

2019 

16,344 

(4,585) 

11,759 

– 

16,481 

(10) 

(4,849) 

137 

11,759 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

The Group has applied AASB 16 Leases using the modified retrospective approach, under which the cumulative effect of 

initial application is recognised in retained earnings at 1 July 2019. Refer to Note 1(g). 

Accounting policy (applicable from 1 July 2019) 

The Group leases many assets, including properties and office equipment. At the inception of a contract, the Group assesses 

whether a contract is, or contains, a lease based on whether the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified 

asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Group assesses if a contract conveys the right to control the use 

of an identified asset if:  

the contract involves the use of an identified asset; 

period of use; and 

the Group has the right to direct the use of the asset. 

• 

• 

• 

the Group has the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of  the asset throughout the 

The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The right-of-use asset is 

initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or 

before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of cost to dismantle and remove the 

underlying asset less any lease incentive received. The right-of-use asset is subsequently measured at cost less any 

accumulated depreciation and impairment losses (see Note 21 Impairment of non-financial assets), and adjusted for 

certain re-measurements of lease liability. The assets are depreciated over the term of the lease on a straight-line basis. 

The Group has applied judgement to determine the lease term for some lease contracts in which it is a lessee that include 

renewal options. The assessment of whether the Group is reasonably certain to exercise such options impacts the lease 

term, which significantly affects the amount of lease liability and right-of-use asset recognised. 

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments (fixed payments less any lease 

incentives receivable and variable lease payments) that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted using the 

interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the Group’s incremental borrowing rate for the 

same term as the underlying lease. Generally, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate. Lease 

liability is re-measured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from change in an index rate, changes in 

the assessment of whether a purchase or extension option is reasonably certain to be exercised or a termination option is 

reasonably certain not to be exercised. When the lease liability is re-measured in this way, a corresponding adjustment is 

made to the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset, or is recorded in the income statement if the carrying amount of the 

right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero. 

The Group has elected to use the exemption not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases 

that have a lease term of 12 months or less and leases of low-value assets. The payments associated with these leases 

are recognised as occupancy costs on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

48

48    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    49 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10. Right-of-use assets 

In thousands of AUD 
Property leases 
Cost 
Accumulated depreciation 
Net carrying amount 
Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of right-of-use assets: 
Carrying amount at the beginning of the year 
Recognised on transition to AASB 16 
Re-measurement of lease liabilities 
Depreciation 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Carrying amount at the end of the year 

2020 

2019 

16,344 
(4,585) 
11,759 

– 
16,481 
(10) 
(4,849) 
137 

11,759 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

Transition to AASB 16 
The Group has applied AASB 16 Leases using the modified retrospective approach, under which the cumulative effect of 
initial application is recognised in retained earnings at 1 July 2019. Refer to Note 1(g). 

Accounting policy (applicable from 1 July 2019) 
The Group leases many assets, including properties and office equipment. At the inception of a contract, the Group assesses 
whether a contract is, or contains, a lease based on whether the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified 
asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Group assesses if a contract conveys the right to control the use 
of an identified asset if:  

• 
• 

• 

the contract involves the use of an identified asset; 
the Group has the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of  the asset throughout the 
period of use; and 
the Group has the right to direct the use of the asset. 

The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The right-of-use asset is 
initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or 
before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of cost to dismantle and remove the 
underlying asset less any lease incentive received. The right-of-use asset is subsequently measured at cost less any 
accumulated depreciation and impairment losses (see Note 21 Impairment of non-financial assets), and adjusted for 
certain re-measurements of lease liability. The assets are depreciated over the term of the lease on a straight-line basis. 
The Group has applied judgement to determine the lease term for some lease contracts in which it is a lessee that include 
renewal options. The assessment of whether the Group is reasonably certain to exercise such options impacts the lease 
term, which significantly affects the amount of lease liability and right-of-use asset recognised. 
The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments (fixed payments less any lease 
incentives receivable and variable lease payments) that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted using the 
interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the Group’s incremental borrowing rate for the 
same term as the underlying lease. Generally, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate. Lease 
liability is re-measured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from change in an index rate, changes in 
the assessment of whether a purchase or extension option is reasonably certain to be exercised or a termination option is 
reasonably certain not to be exercised. When the lease liability is re-measured in this way, a corresponding adjustment is 
made to the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset, or is recorded in the income statement if the carrying amount of the 
right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero. 

The Group has elected to use the exemption not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases 
that have a lease term of 12 months or less and leases of low-value assets. The payments associated with these leases 
are recognised as occupancy costs on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    49 

49

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

11. Intangible assets 

In thousands of AUD 
2020 
Cost 
Accumulated amortisation 
Impairment 
Net carrying amount 
Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of intangibles: 
Carrying amount at the beginning of the year 
Amortisation 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Carrying amount at the end of the year 

2019 
Cost 
Accumulated amortisation 
Impairment 

Net carrying amount 

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of intangibles: 
Carrying amount at the beginning of the year 
Amortisation 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Carrying amount at the end of the year 

Goodwill 

Contracts and 
customer 
relationships 

295,297 
– 
(187,300) 
107,997 

108,208 
– 
(211) 

107,997 

296,110 
– 
(187,902) 

108,208 

106,858 
– 
1,350 

108,208 

4,334 
(3,229) 
– 
1,105 

2,176 
(1,095) 
24 

1,105 

4,296 
(2,120) 
– 

2,176 

3,198 
(1,066) 
44 

2,176 

Total 

299,631 
(3,229) 
(187,300) 
109,102 

110,384 
(1,095) 
(187) 

109,102 

300,406 
(2,120) 
(187,902) 

110,384 

110,056 
(1,066) 
1,394 

110,384 

Amortisation charge 
The amortisation charge of $1,095,000 (2019: $1,066,000) is recognised in the depreciation and amortisation expense in 
the income statement. 

Goodwill CGU group allocation 
The Group has two CGU groups – the Operating Brands CGU group and the Search Marketing CGU group. The entire 
goodwill balance of $107,997,000 (2019: $108,208,000) relates to the Operating Brands CGU group. 

The decrease in the goodwill carrying value as compared to the prior reporting period is due to decrease in Australian 
dollar translation of foreign currency denominated goodwill. 

Accounting policy 
(i) Goodwill 
Goodwill acquired in a business combination is initially measured at cost. Cost is measured as the cost of the business 
combination minus the net fair value of the acquired and identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities. 

Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. 

Goodwill is allocated to cash generating units expected to benefit from synergies created by the business combination. 

Goodwill is not amortised, but instead is reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. 

(ii) Research and development 
Expenditure on research activities is charged to the income statement as incurred. 

Expenditure on development activities (including internally developed software) is capitalised only if development costs 
can be reliably measured, the product or process is technically and commercially feasible, future economic benefits are 
probable, and the Group intends to, and has sufficient resources to, complete development and to use or sell the asset. 

The capitalised development expenditure includes the cost of materials, direct labour and an appropriate proportion of 
overhead costs that are directly attributable to preparing the asset for its intended use. Capitalised development 
expenditure is measured at cost, less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. 

(iii) Other intangible assets 

Other intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost. The other intangible assets 

acquired in business combinations are mainly customer relationships and customer contracts. The cost of these assets is 

their fair value at date of acquisition based on valuation techniques generally using the excess earnings method. Following 

initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less amortisation and any impairment losses.  

Subsequent expenditure on capitalised intangible assets is capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits 

embodied in the specific asset to which it relates. All other expenditure is expensed as incurred. 

Subsequent expenditure 

(iv) Amortisation 

Intangible assets other than goodwill are amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives from the date 

they are available for use. Customer contracts and relationships are amortised over a four-year period. 

Amortisation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each financial year end and adjusted if appropriate. 

(v) Impairment 

Refer to Note 21 Impairment of non-financial assets for further details on impairment. 

The Group’s exposure to currency and liquidity risk related to trade and other payables is disclosed in Note 19 Financial 

12. Trade and other payables 

In thousands of AUD 

Current 

Trade payables  

Other payables and accrued expenses 

Unearned revenue 

risk management/financial instruments. 

13. Contingent consideration payable 

In thousands of AUD 

Current 

Contingent consideration payable 

Non-current 

Contingent consideration payable 

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of 

contingent consideration payable: 

Carrying amount at the beginning of the year 

Re-assessment of contingent consideration 

Unwind of present value interest 

Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Contingent consideration paid 

Carrying amount at the end of the year 

2020 

16,820 

11,926 

13,496 

42,242 

2019 

14,267 

11,346 

12,767 

38,380 

2020 

2019 

15,119 

11,519 

10,434 

22,282 

33,801 

2,174 

1,181 

320 

(11,923) 

25,553 

25,802 

6,390 

1,153 

456 

– 

33,801 

During the current year, the Group recognised a fair value loss of $2,174,000 (2019: $6,390,000) relating to revaluation of 

future contingent consideration payable to the vendors of Eastwick Communications. 

There is uncertainty around the actual payments that will be made as the payments are subject to the performance of 

Orchard Marketing subsequent to the reporting date. Factors which could vary the amount of contingent consideration 

payable due include a minimum EBIT threshold for future payments, the basis of the average EBIT over the contingent 

consideration period and total purchase price cap. Actual future payments may differ from the estimated liability. A 

sensitivity analysis for Contingent consideration payable is disclosed in Note 19 Financial risk management/financial 

instruments. 

Accounting policy 

Contingent consideration payable is initially recognised at fair value in connection with a business combination. The liability 

is discounted using a market interest rate for the liability and a present value interest charge is recognised in the income 

statement as the discount unwinds. Any change in estimate of contingent consideration payable is recognised in the 

income statement as a fair value gain or loss during the period when the estimate is revised. 

50

50    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    51 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(iii) Other intangible assets 
Other intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost. The other intangible assets 
acquired in business combinations are mainly customer relationships and customer contracts. The cost of these assets is 
their fair value at date of acquisition based on valuation techniques generally using the excess earnings method. Following 
initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less amortisation and any impairment losses.  

Subsequent expenditure 
Subsequent expenditure on capitalised intangible assets is capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits 
embodied in the specific asset to which it relates. All other expenditure is expensed as incurred. 

(iv) Amortisation 
Intangible assets other than goodwill are amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives from the date 
they are available for use. Customer contracts and relationships are amortised over a four-year period. 

Amortisation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each financial year end and adjusted if appropriate. 

(v) Impairment 
Refer to Note 21 Impairment of non-financial assets for further details on impairment. 

12. Trade and other payables 

In thousands of AUD 
Current 
Trade payables  
Other payables and accrued expenses 
Unearned revenue 

2020 

16,820 
11,926 
13,496 

42,242 

2019 

14,267 
11,346 
12,767 

38,380 

The Group’s exposure to currency and liquidity risk related to trade and other payables is disclosed in Note 19 Financial 
risk management/financial instruments. 

13. Contingent consideration payable 

In thousands of AUD 
Current 
Contingent consideration payable 
Non-current 
Contingent consideration payable 

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of 
contingent consideration payable: 
Carrying amount at the beginning of the year 
Re-assessment of contingent consideration 
Unwind of present value interest 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 
Contingent consideration paid 

Carrying amount at the end of the year 

2020 

2019 

15,119 

11,519 

10,434 

22,282 

33,801 
2,174 
1,181 
320 
(11,923) 

25,553 

25,802 
6,390 
1,153 
456 
– 
33,801 

During the current year, the Group recognised a fair value loss of $2,174,000 (2019: $6,390,000) relating to revaluation of 
future contingent consideration payable to the vendors of Eastwick Communications. 

There is uncertainty around the actual payments that will be made as the payments are subject to the performance of 
Orchard Marketing subsequent to the reporting date. Factors which could vary the amount of contingent consideration 
payable due include a minimum EBIT threshold for future payments, the basis of the average EBIT over the contingent 
consideration period and total purchase price cap. Actual future payments may differ from the estimated liability. A 
sensitivity analysis for Contingent consideration payable is disclosed in Note 19 Financial risk management/financial 
instruments. 

Accounting policy 
Contingent consideration payable is initially recognised at fair value in connection with a business combination. The liability 
is discounted using a market interest rate for the liability and a present value interest charge is recognised in the income 
statement as the discount unwinds. Any change in estimate of contingent consideration payable is recognised in the 
income statement as a fair value gain or loss during the period when the estimate is revised. 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    51 

51

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

14. Lease liabilities 

This note provides information about the contractual terms of the Group’s leases. For more information about the Group’s 
exposure to interest rate risk, liquidity risk and foreign currency risk, see Note 19 Financial risk management/financial 
instruments. 

employee and the obligation can be reliably estimated. 

(iii) Termination benefits 

A provision is recognised for the amount expected to be paid under short-term cash bonus or profit-sharing plans if the 

Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past services provided by the 

In thousands of AUD 
Current 
Lease liabilities 
Hire purchase liabilities 

Non-current 
Lease liabilities 

Total 

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of lease 
and hire purchase liabilities: 
Carrying amount at the beginning of the year 
Recognised on transition to AASB 16 
Re-measurement of lease liabilities 
Repayments 
Present value interest relating to lease liabilities 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 
Carrying amount at the end of the year 

Lease liabilities and hire purchase payable commitments 
(at carrying amounts) 
Within one year 
One year or later and no later than five years 

Accounting policy 
Refer Note 10. 

15. Employee benefits 

In thousands of AUD 
Aggregate liability for employee benefits, including on-costs 
Current 
Employee benefits provision 
Non-current 
Employee benefits provision 

2020 

6,384 
– 
6,384 

10,523 
10,523 
16,907 

493 
22,498 
(10) 
(6,979) 
756 
149 
16,907 

6,384 
10,523 
16,907 

2019 

– 
493 
493 

– 
– 
493 

1,916 
– 
– 
(1,423) 
– 
– 
493 

493 
– 
493 

2020 

2019 

3,732 

820 

4,173 

659 

The Group has recognised $2,228,000 (2019: $2,405,000) as an expense in the income statement for defined contribution 
plans during the reporting period.  

Accounting policy 
Provision is made for employee benefits including annual leave and long service leave for employees. 

(i) Long-term employee benefits 
The Group’s net obligation in respect of long-term service benefits, other than superannuation and pension plans, is the 
amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service provided up to the reporting date. The 
obligation is calculated using expected future increases in wage and salary rates, including related on-costs and expected 
settlement dates, and is discounted using the rates attached to the Corporate bonds which have maturity dates 
approximating to the terms of the Group’s obligations.  

(ii) Wages, salaries, annual leave and non-monetary benefits 
Liabilities for employee benefits for wages, salaries and annual leave, that are due to be settled within 12 months of the 
reporting date, represent present obligations resulting from employees’ services provided to reporting date and are 
calculated at undiscounted amounts based on remuneration wage and salary rates that the Group expects to pay as at 
reporting date, including related on-costs. 

Termination benefits are charged to the income statement when the Group is demonstrably committed, without realistic 

possibility of withdrawal, to a formal detailed plan to either terminate employment before the normal retirement date, or to 

provide termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy. Termination benefits for 

voluntary redundancies are charged to the income statement if the Group has made an offer encouraging voluntary 

redundancy, it is probable that the offer will be accepted, and the number of acceptances can be estimated reliably. 

16. Provisions 

In thousands of AUD 

2020 

Current 

Non-current 

Total provisions current and non-current 

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of 

provision, except for employee benefits: 

Carrying amount at the beginning of the year 

De-recognised on transition to AASB 16 

Released/used during the year 

Carrying amount at the end of the year 

2019 

Current 

Non-current 

Total provisions current and non-current 

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of 

provision, except for employee benefits: 

Carrying amount at the beginning of the year 

Increase due to new provision 

Effect of movement in exchange rates 

Released/used during the year 

Carrying amount at the end of the year 

Transition to AASB 16 

Lease  

Lease 

Rent  

Total 

make good 

incentive 

straight-line 

464 

(464) 

3,788 

(3,788) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

10 

454 

464 

438 

39 

7 

(20) 

464 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

633 

3,155 

3,788 

3,250 

617 

2 

(81) 

3,788 

– 

– 

– 

263 

(260) 

(3) 

– 

3 

260 

263 

270 

9 

13 

(29) 

263 

– 

– 

– 

4,515 

(4,512) 

(3) 

– 

646 

3,869 

4,515 

3,958 

665 

22 

(130) 

4,515 

Accounting policy 

obligation. 

(i) Make good provision 

obligation. 

period. 

The Group has applied AASB 16 Leases using the modified retrospective approach, under which the cumulative effect of 

initial application is recognised in retained earnings at 1 July 2019. At transition date, substantially all the provisions were 

de-recognised as the provisions are now embedded in the lease liability recognised. Refer to Note 1(g). 

A provision is recognised in the statement of financial position when the Group has a present legal or constructive 

obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the 

The Group recognises provision for make good on all operating leases for premises which require make good expenditure 

at completion of the lease. The provision is the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the make good 

Future make good costs are reviewed annually and any changes are reflected in the provision at the end of the reporting 

(ii) Lease incentive provision (applicable prior to 1 July 2019) 

The Group has made provision for lease incentives received. Lease incentives received are recognised in the income 

statement as an integral part of the total lease expense spread over the lease term. 

(iii) Rent (applicable prior to 1 July 2019) 

The Group has made provision for increase in rent for operating leases for premises. Rent is recognised in the income 

statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

52

52    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    53 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A provision is recognised for the amount expected to be paid under short-term cash bonus or profit-sharing plans if the 
Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past services provided by the 
employee and the obligation can be reliably estimated. 

(iii) Termination benefits 
Termination benefits are charged to the income statement when the Group is demonstrably committed, without realistic 
possibility of withdrawal, to a formal detailed plan to either terminate employment before the normal retirement date, or to 
provide termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy. Termination benefits for 
voluntary redundancies are charged to the income statement if the Group has made an offer encouraging voluntary 
redundancy, it is probable that the offer will be accepted, and the number of acceptances can be estimated reliably. 

16. Provisions 

In thousands of AUD 
2020 
Current 
Non-current 
Total provisions current and non-current 
Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of 
provision, except for employee benefits: 
Carrying amount at the beginning of the year 
De-recognised on transition to AASB 16 
Released/used during the year 

Carrying amount at the end of the year 

2019 
Current 
Non-current 
Total provisions current and non-current 
Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of 
provision, except for employee benefits: 
Carrying amount at the beginning of the year 
Increase due to new provision 
Effect of movement in exchange rates 
Released/used during the year 

Carrying amount at the end of the year 

Lease  
make good 

Lease 
incentive 

Rent  
straight-line 

Total 

– 
– 
– 

464 
(464) 
– 

– 

10 
454 
464 

438 
39 
7 
(20) 

464 

– 
– 
– 

3,788 
(3,788) 
– 

– 

633 
3,155 
3,788 

3,250 
617 
2 
(81) 

3,788 

– 
– 
– 

263 
(260) 
(3) 

– 

3 
260 
263 

270 
9 
13 
(29) 

263 

– 
– 
– 

4,515 
(4,512) 
(3) 

– 

646 
3,869 
4,515 

3,958 
665 
22 
(130) 

4,515 

Transition to AASB 16 
The Group has applied AASB 16 Leases using the modified retrospective approach, under which the cumulative effect of 
initial application is recognised in retained earnings at 1 July 2019. At transition date, substantially all the provisions were 
de-recognised as the provisions are now embedded in the lease liability recognised. Refer to Note 1(g). 

Accounting policy 

A provision is recognised in the statement of financial position when the Group has a present legal or constructive 
obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the 
obligation. 

(i) Make good provision 
The Group recognises provision for make good on all operating leases for premises which require make good expenditure 
at completion of the lease. The provision is the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the make good 
obligation. 

Future make good costs are reviewed annually and any changes are reflected in the provision at the end of the reporting 
period. 

(ii) Lease incentive provision (applicable prior to 1 July 2019) 
The Group has made provision for lease incentives received. Lease incentives received are recognised in the income 
statement as an integral part of the total lease expense spread over the lease term. 

(iii) Rent (applicable prior to 1 July 2019) 
The Group has made provision for increase in rent for operating leases for premises. Rent is recognised in the income 
statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    53 

53

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
888 

– 

– 

– 

1,215 

99,515 

85,604,954 

756 

– 

97,412 

Shares issued to the employees of the Group on exercise of 
Share Appreciation Rights(i) 
Balance at end of year 

469,905 

86,074,859 

2020 
Shares 

85,604,954 

2020 
In thousands 
of AUD 
97,412 

2019  
Shares 

85,604,954 

2019 
In thousands 
of AUD 
96,656 

Balance at beginning of year  

642,726 shares (2019: 651,575 shares) transferred from a 
trust account held by the Company to the employees of the 
Group on exercise of Share Appreciation Rights(i) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

17. Capital and reserves 

In thousands of AUD 
Share capital 
Ordinary shares, fully paid 

The Company does not have authorised capital or par value in respect of its shares. 

Movement in ordinary shares 

2020 

2019 

99,515 

97,412 

any restrictions to paying dividends.  

Accounting policy 

(i) Ordinary shares 

The ability to utilise the franking credits is dependent upon there being sufficient available profits to declare dividends and 

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares and share 

options are recognised as a deduction from equity, net of tax effects. 

Dividends are recognised as a liability in the period in which they are declared. 

Transaction costs of an equity transaction are accounted for as a deduction from equity, net of any related income tax 

(ii) Dividends 

(iii) Transaction costs 

benefit. 

18. Earnings per share  

In thousands of AUD 

Profit for the year 

Non-controlling interests 

Earnings per share 

In AUD cents 

Basic 

Diluted 

Accounting policy 

Profit attributable to equity holders of the parent 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares 

In thousands of shares 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares – basic 

Shares issuable under equity-based compensation plans 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares – diluted 

2020 

13,658 

(2,951) 

10,707 

2020 

85,850 

1,469 

87,319 

2020 

12.5 

12.3 

2019 

8,074 

(2,413) 

5,661 

2019 

84,819 

710 

85,529 

2019 

6.7 

6.6 

The Group presents basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) data for its ordinary shares. Basic EPS is calculated by 

dividing the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary 

shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the profit and loss attributable to ordinary 

shareholders and the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the effects of all dilutive potential 

ordinary shares, which comprise share rights granted to employees. 

(i)  Share capital recognised during the year on the exercise of Share Appreciation Rights is based on the VWAP of the Company’s shares for the 20 business days prior to 

Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent 

the vesting date of the rights of $1.89 (2019: $1.16). 

Ordinary shares 
Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per 
share at shareholder meetings. 

Profit appropriation reserve 
The profit appropriation reserve comprises profits appropriated by the parent entity. 

Translation reserve 
The translation reserve comprises all foreign currency differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of 
foreign operations. 

Share-based payment reserve 
The share-based payment reserve comprises the cumulative expense relating to the fair value of options, rights and equity 
plans on issue to Key Management Personnel, senior Executives and employees of the Group less amounts transferred to 
other reserves or to share capital on exercise of options, rights and equity plans. 

Reserve change in ownership interest in subsidiary  
The reserve change in ownership interest in subsidiary relates to a subsidiary equity plan.  

Dividends 

Dividend declared and/(or) paid by the Company to its members: 

During the year ended 30 June 2020 
Fully franked final dividend – 2019 
Fully franked interim dividend – 2020 
Subsequent to the balance sheet date, at the date of this report 
Fully franked final dividend – 2020  
During the year ended 30 June 2019 
Fully franked final dividend – 2018 
Fully franked interim dividend – 2019 

Cents per share 

in thousands of AUD  Date of payment 

Total amount  

3.0 
2.5 

3.5 

2.5 
2.5 

2,582 
2,152 

8 October 2019 
19 March 2020 

3,013 

2 October 2020 

2,140 
2,140 

8 October 2018 
18 March 2019 

Dividend franking account 
In thousands of AUD 
Franking credits available for future years at 30% to shareholders of Enero Group Limited  

2020 
16,257 

2019 
18,286 

The above amounts represent the balance of the franking account at end of the financial year adjusted for: 

• 
• 
• 
• 

franking credits that will arise from the payment of the current tax liability; 
franking debits that will arise from the payment of dividends recognised as a liability at year end; 
franking credits that will arise from the receipt of dividends recognised as receivables at year end; and 
franking credits that may be prevented from being distributed in subsequent years. 

54

54    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    55 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The ability to utilise the franking credits is dependent upon there being sufficient available profits to declare dividends and 
any restrictions to paying dividends.  

Accounting policy 
(i) Ordinary shares 
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares and share 
options are recognised as a deduction from equity, net of tax effects. 

(ii) Dividends 
Dividends are recognised as a liability in the period in which they are declared. 

(iii) Transaction costs 
Transaction costs of an equity transaction are accounted for as a deduction from equity, net of any related income tax 
benefit. 

18. Earnings per share  

Profit attributable to equity holders of the parent 
In thousands of AUD 
Profit for the year 
Non-controlling interests 
Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares 
In thousands of shares 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares – basic 
Shares issuable under equity-based compensation plans 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares – diluted 

Earnings per share 
In AUD cents 
Basic 
Diluted 

2020 
13,658 
(2,951) 
10,707 

2020 
85,850 
1,469 
87,319 

2020 
12.5 
12.3 

2019 
8,074 
(2,413) 
5,661 

2019 
84,819 
710 
85,529 

2019 
6.7 
6.6 

Accounting policy 
The Group presents basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) data for its ordinary shares. Basic EPS is calculated by 
dividing the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary 
shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the profit and loss attributable to ordinary 
shareholders and the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the effects of all dilutive potential 
ordinary shares, which comprise share rights granted to employees. 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    55 

55

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

19. Financial risk management/financial instruments  
The Group’s exposure to financial risks, objectives, policies 
and processes for managing the risks including methods 
used to measure the risks, and the management of capital, 
are presented below. 

The Group’s activities expose it to the following financial 
risks: 
• 
• 
• 

liquidity risk; and  

market risk. 

credit risk; 

The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise cash, 
receivables, payables, interest-bearing liabilities, 
contingent consideration payable and other financial 
liabilities. 

The Board has overall responsibility for the oversight of the 
risk management framework. Risk management policies 
are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by 
the Group, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to 
monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk management 
policies and systems are reviewed regularly and modified 
as appropriate to reflect changes in market conditions and 
the Group’s activities. 

The Group considers that there are no changes to the 
objectives, policies and processes to managing risk and 
the exposure to risks from the prior reporting period. 

Credit risk  
Exposure to credit risk 
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a 
customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to 
meet its contractual obligation, and arises principally from 
the Group’s receivables from customers.  

Each subsidiary performs credit analysis of a new 
customer and standard payment terms are offered only to 
creditworthy customers.  

During the year ended 30 June 2020, the Group entered 
into transactions with more than 500 unique customers. 
The 10 largest customers accounted for 41% of net 
revenue for the year ended 30 June 2020, with no one 
customer accounting for more than 12% of net revenue. 
There are no material credit exposures relating to a single 
receivable or groups of receivables. 

The maximum exposure to credit risk is net of any 
provisions for impairment of those assets, as disclosed in 
the statement of financial position. 

The carrying amount of financial assets represents the 
maximum credit exposure. The maximum credit exposure 
to credit risk at the reporting date was: 

In thousands of AUD 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other 
receivables 
Work in progress 
Deposits 

Note 
6 

7 
8 
8 

Carrying amount 
2019 
43,831 

2020 
47,581 

34,611 
1,513 
188 

83,893 

33,791 
2,475 
197 
80,294 

The Group’s maximum exposure to trade receivables credit 
risk at the reporting date was: 

In thousands of AUD 
Trade receivables 

Note 
7 

Carrying amount 
2019 
33,752 

2020 
34,573 

The Group’s credit risk exposure is consistent across the 
geographic and business segments in which the Group 
operates. 

The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect 
of trade receivables during the year was as follows: 

In thousands of AUD 
Balance at 1 July 
Impairment loss recognised in: 
– income statement 
– opening retained earnings  
Provision used during year 

Balance at 30 June 

Average credit loss for year(i) 
Credit loss provision at balance 
date(ii) 

2020 
329 

191 
– 
(259) 

261 

0.5% 

0.7% 

2019 
100 

259 
190 
(220) 

329 

0.8% 

1.0% 

(i) Average credit loss for year is calculated by dividing impairment loss recognised 

for the year by the gross trade receivables balance.  

(ii)  Credit loss provision at balance date is calculated by dividing the provision by 

the gross trade receivable balance.  

Impairment recognised to opening retained earnings at  
1 July 2018 was determined with reference to the average 
credit loss over the preceding three financial years. The 
average credit loss was 0.7% of trade receivables. 
Applying this percentage against the trade receivable 
balance at 1 July 2018 of $27,083,000, an additional 
$190,000 impairment was required on adoption on forward-
looking ‘expected loss’ impairment model required under 
AASB 9 Financial Instruments.  

The average credit loss was assessed at 30 June 2020 
and despite uncertainty in trade receivables collections 
during COVID-19, the average credit loss reduced from 
0.8% to 0.5%. The Group continues to provision expected 
credit losses higher than the average credit loss for each 
financial year.  

Impairment losses 
The ageing of the Group’s trade receivables at the 
reporting date was: 

In thousands of AUD 
Not past due 
Past due and less than 90 days 
Past due and more than 90 days 
Past due, more than 90 days and 
impaired 
Gross trade receivables 
Less: Impairment(i) 

Net trade receivables 

2020 
30,425 
4,061 
87 

261 
34,834 
(261) 

34,573 

2019 
27,920 
5,202 
820 

139 
34,081 
(329) 

33,752 

(i) Impairment includes trade receivables specifically impaired of $71,000 (2019: 

$139,000) plus expected credit losses of $190,000 (2019: $190,000). 

Currency risk 

Market risk 

Currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash 

Market risk is the risk relating to changes in market prices, 

flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of 

such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and equity 

changes in foreign exchange rates. The source and nature 

prices, which will affect the Group’s income or the value of 

of this risk arises from operations and translation risks. 

its holding of financial instruments. The objective of market 

risk management is to manage and control market risk 

exposure within acceptable parameters, while optimising 

The Operating Brands segment generated approximately 

57% of its net revenue and 62% of its Operating EBITDA 

during the year ended 30 June 2020 from outside Australia. 

The Group’s reporting currency is Australian dollars. 

However, the international operations give rise to an 

the return. 

Liquidity risk 

exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates, as the 

meet its financial obligations as they become due. The 

majority of its revenues from outside Australia are 

Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far 

denominated in currencies other than Australian dollars, 

as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to 

most significantly Great British pound (GBP) and US dollar 

meet its liabilities when due. 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to 

(USD). 

The Group’s currency risk exposure is limited 

The Group manages liquidity risk by monitoring forecast 

operating cash flows, and committed unutilised facilities; 

predominantly to consolidated Australian dollar translation 

and re-estimating the value of contingent consideration 

risk as the majority of transactions denominated in foreign 

liabilities semi-annually.

currencies are transacted by entities within the Group with 

the same functional currency of the relevant transaction. 

The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments and excluding the 

impact of netting agreements. 

2020 

In thousands of AUD 

Non-derivative financial liabilities 

Lease liabilities 

Trade and other payables  

(excluding unearned revenue) 

Contingent consideration payable 

2019 

In thousands of AUD 

Non-derivative financial liabilities 

Hire purchase liabilities 

Trade and other payables  

(excluding unearned revenue) 

Contingent consideration payable 

Carrying 

amount 

Contractual  

cash flows 

Less than  

1 year 

1 to 5 years  Over 5 years 

16,907 

28,746 

25,553 

71,206 

493 

25,613 

33,801 

59,907 

18,431 

28,746 

26,263 

73,440 

498 

25,613 

35,620 

61,731 

6,421 

28,746 

15,263 

50,430 

498 

25,613 

11,696 

37,807 

12,010 

– 

11,000 

23,010 

– 

– 

23,924 

23,924 

Carrying 

amount 

Contractual  

cash flows 

Less than  

1 year 

1 to 5 years  Over 5 years 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

It is not expected that the cash flows included in the maturity analysis could occur significantly earlier or at significantly 

different amounts. 

Liquidity risk in relation to contingent consideration liabilities 

There are critical accounting estimates and judgements in relation to contingent consideration liabilities. Refer to Note 13 

Contingent consideration payables for further details. 

There are no other significant uncertainties in the timing or amounts of contractual liabilities. 

Interest rate risk refers to the risk that the fair value of the future cash flows of financial instruments will fluctuate because 

of changes in market interest rates. The Group has no significant variable interest-bearing assets or liabilities at  

The Group’s key sources of capital are available committed facilities and share capital. The Board seeks to maintain a 

balance between higher returns that might be possible with higher levels of gearing and the advantages afforded by a 

prudent capital position. The Group also has contingent consideration payables as described in Note 13 Contingent 

Interest rate risk 

30 June 2020. 

Capital management  

consideration payables. 

56

56    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    57 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Currency risk 
Currency risk 
Currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash 
Currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash 
flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of 
flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of 
changes in foreign exchange rates. The source and nature 
changes in foreign exchange rates. The source and nature 
of this risk arises from operations and translation risks. 
of this risk arises from operations and translation risks. 

The Operating Brands segment generated approximately 
The Operating Brands segment generated approximately 
57% of its net revenue and 62% of its Operating EBITDA 
57% of its net revenue and 62% of its Operating EBITDA 
during the year ended 30 June 2020 from outside Australia. 
during the year ended 30 June 2020 from outside Australia. 
The Group’s reporting currency is Australian dollars. 
The Group’s reporting currency is Australian dollars. 
However, the international operations give rise to an 
However, the international operations give rise to an 
exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates, as the 
exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates, as the 
majority of its revenues from outside Australia are 
majority of its revenues from outside Australia are 
denominated in currencies other than Australian dollars, 
denominated in currencies other than Australian dollars, 
most significantly Great British pound (GBP) and US dollar 
most significantly Great British pound (GBP) and US dollar 
(USD). 
(USD). 

The Group’s currency risk exposure is limited 
The Group’s currency risk exposure is limited 
predominantly to consolidated Australian dollar translation 
predominantly to consolidated Australian dollar translation 
risk as the majority of transactions denominated in foreign 
risk as the majority of transactions denominated in foreign 
currencies are transacted by entities within the Group with 
currencies are transacted by entities within the Group with 
the same functional currency of the relevant transaction. 
the same functional currency of the relevant transaction. 

Market risk 
Market risk 
Market risk is the risk relating to changes in market prices, 
Market risk is the risk relating to changes in market prices, 
such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and equity 
such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and equity 
prices, which will affect the Group’s income or the value of 
prices, which will affect the Group’s income or the value of 
its holding of financial instruments. The objective of market 
its holding of financial instruments. The objective of market 
risk management is to manage and control market risk 
risk management is to manage and control market risk 
exposure within acceptable parameters, while optimising 
exposure within acceptable parameters, while optimising 
the return. 
the return. 

Liquidity risk 
Liquidity risk 
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to 
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to 
meet its financial obligations as they become due. The 
meet its financial obligations as they become due. The 
Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far 
Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far 
as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to 
as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to 
meet its liabilities when due. 
meet its liabilities when due. 

The Group manages liquidity risk by monitoring forecast 
The Group manages liquidity risk by monitoring forecast 
operating cash flows, and committed unutilised facilities; 
operating cash flows, and committed unutilised facilities; 
and re-estimating the value of contingent consideration 
and re-estimating the value of contingent consideration 
liabilities semi-annually.
liabilities semi-annually.

The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments and excluding the 
impact of netting agreements. 

The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments and excluding the 
impact of netting agreements. 

2020 
2020 
In thousands of AUD 
In thousands of AUD 
Non-derivative financial liabilities 
Non-derivative financial liabilities 
Lease liabilities 
Lease liabilities 
Trade and other payables  
Trade and other payables  
(excluding unearned revenue) 
(excluding unearned revenue) 
Contingent consideration payable 
Contingent consideration payable 

2019 
2019 
In thousands of AUD 
In thousands of AUD 
Non-derivative financial liabilities 
Non-derivative financial liabilities 
Hire purchase liabilities 
Hire purchase liabilities 
Trade and other payables  
Trade and other payables  
(excluding unearned revenue) 
(excluding unearned revenue) 
Contingent consideration payable 
Contingent consideration payable 

Carrying 
Carrying 
amount 
amount 

Contractual  
cash flows 

Contractual  
cash flows 

Less than  
Less than  
1 year 
1 year 

1 to 5 years  Over 5 years 

1 to 5 years  Over 5 years 

16,907 

16,907 

18,431 

18,431 

6,421 

6,421 

12,010 

12,010 

28,746 
25,553 

28,746 
25,553 

71,206 

71,206 

28,746 
26,263 

28,746 
26,263 

73,440 

73,440 

28,746 
15,263 

28,746 
15,263 

50,430 

50,430 

– 
– 
11,000 
11,000 

23,010 

23,010 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

Carrying 
Carrying 
amount 
amount 

Contractual  
cash flows 

Contractual  
cash flows 

Less than  
Less than  
1 year 
1 year 

1 to 5 years  Over 5 years 

1 to 5 years  Over 5 years 

493 

493 

498 

498 

498 

498 

– 

– 

25,613 
33,801 
59,907 

25,613 
33,801 
59,907 

25,613 
35,620 
61,731 

25,613 
35,620 
61,731 

25,613 
11,696 
37,807 

25,613 
11,696 
37,807 

– 
– 
23,924 
23,924 
23,924 
23,924 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

It is not expected that the cash flows included in the maturity analysis could occur significantly earlier or at significantly 
different amounts. 

It is not expected that the cash flows included in the maturity analysis could occur significantly earlier or at significantly 
different amounts. 

Liquidity risk in relation to contingent consideration liabilities 
There are critical accounting estimates and judgements in relation to contingent consideration liabilities. Refer to Note 13 
Contingent consideration payables for further details. 

Liquidity risk in relation to contingent consideration liabilities 
There are critical accounting estimates and judgements in relation to contingent consideration liabilities. Refer to Note 13 
Contingent consideration payables for further details. 

There are no other significant uncertainties in the timing or amounts of contractual liabilities. 

There are no other significant uncertainties in the timing or amounts of contractual liabilities. 

Interest rate risk 
Interest rate risk refers to the risk that the fair value of the future cash flows of financial instruments will fluctuate because 
of changes in market interest rates. The Group has no significant variable interest-bearing assets or liabilities at  
30 June 2020. 

Interest rate risk 
Interest rate risk refers to the risk that the fair value of the future cash flows of financial instruments will fluctuate because 
of changes in market interest rates. The Group has no significant variable interest-bearing assets or liabilities at  
30 June 2020. 

Capital management  
Capital management  
The Group’s key sources of capital are available committed facilities and share capital. The Board seeks to maintain a 
The Group’s key sources of capital are available committed facilities and share capital. The Board seeks to maintain a 
balance between higher returns that might be possible with higher levels of gearing and the advantages afforded by a 
balance between higher returns that might be possible with higher levels of gearing and the advantages afforded by a 
prudent capital position. The Group also has contingent consideration payables as described in Note 13 Contingent 
prudent capital position. The Group also has contingent consideration payables as described in Note 13 Contingent 
consideration payables. 
consideration payables. 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    57 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    57 

57

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

19. Financial risk management/financial instruments (continued) 
Fair values 
Fair values versus carrying amounts 
The fair values of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the statement of financial 
position, are as follows: 

Consolidated  
In thousands of AUD 
Cash at bank and on hand 
Bank short-term deposits 
Trade receivables 
Work in progress 
Trade and other payables 
Contingent consideration payable 
Lease liabilities 
Hire purchase lease liabilities 

Fair value measurement:  

Carrying 
amount 
34,447 
13,134 
34,573 
1,513 
(28,746) 
(25,553) 
(16,907) 
– 

2020 

Fair value 
34,447 
13,134 
34,573 
1,513 
(28,746) 
(25,553) 
(16,907) 
– 

Carrying 
amount 
24,610 
19,221 
33,752 
2,475 
(25,613) 
(33,801) 
– 
(493) 

2019 

Fair value 
24,610 
19,221 
33,752 
2,475 
(25,613) 
(33,801) 
– 
(493) 

Level 3 fair values 
The following tables show the valuation techniques used in measuring Level 3 fair values for financial instruments 
measured at fair value in the statement of financial position, as well as the significant unobservable inputs used. 

Type 
Contingent 
consideration 
payable 

Valuation technique 
Discounted cash flows: The valuation model 
considers the present value of expected 
payment, discounted using a risk-adjusted 
discount rate. The expected payment is 
determined by considering the possible 
scenarios of forecast average EBIT, the 
amount to be paid under each scenario and 
the probability of each scenario. 

Significant unobservable 
inputs 
–  Forecast average 

EBIT. 

–  Risk-adjusted 

discount rate: 3.75% 
to 4.55%. 

Inter-relationship between 
significant unobservable 
inputs and fair value 
measurement 
The estimated fair value 
would increase (decrease) if: 
– 

the EBIT is higher 
(lower); or 

– 

the risk-adjusted discount 
rate were lower (higher). 

Reconciliation of Level 3 fair values 
In thousands of AUD 

Carrying amount at the beginning of the year 

Re-assessment of contingent consideration 

Unwind of present value interest 

Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Contingent consideration paid 

Carrying amount at the end of the year 

2020 

33,801 

2,174 

1,181 

320 

(11,923) 

25,553 

2019 

25,802 

6,390 

1,153 

456 

– 

33,801 

Sensitivity analysis 
Reasonably possible changes at 30 June 2020 to one of the significant unobservable inputs, holding other inputs 
constant, would have the following effects on the fair values of contingent consideration: 

Average EBIT 

• 

Eastwick: the contingent consideration period ended on 30 June 2020 and the amount payable is not subject 
to the future performance of Eastwick.  

•  Orchard Marketing: consideration payable to vendors of Orchard Marketing is recognised at a total purchase 
price cap. It would require greater than a 19.7% decrease in the average EBIT estimate over the contingent 
consideration period to reduce the contingent consideration payable from its recognised amount. 

Risk-adjusted discount rate 
In thousands of AUD 

Movement of 0.5% 

Increase 
(195) 

Decrease 
195 

Other items 

• 

• 

reporting date. 

The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, trade and other payables and lease 

liabilities approximates their fair value. The fair value which is determined for disclosure purposes only is calculated as: 

Trade receivables: is the present value of future cash flows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the 

Trade and other payables and lease liabilities: is the present value of future principal and interest cash flows, 

discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date. For leases, the market rate of interest is determined 

by reference to Group’s incremental borrowing rate of the same term as the underlying lease. 

Accounting policy 

Non-derivative financial assets 

Non-derivative financial liabilities 

Non-derivative financial assets are recognised on the 

Non-derivative financial liabilities are recognised on the 

date that they are originated. All other financial assets 

date they are originated. All other financial liabilities 

(including assets designated as fair value through the 

(including liabilities designated at fair value through profit 

profit and loss) are recognised initially on the trade date 

or loss) are recognised initially on the trade date at which 

at which the Group becomes a party to the contractual 

the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of 

provisions of the instrument. 

the instrument. 

Non-derivative financial assets are derecognised when the 

rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have 

expired or have been transferred and the Group has 

transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of 

ownership.  

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net 

amount presented in the statement of financial position 

when, and only when, the Group has a legal right to offset 

the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or 

to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. 

The Group has the following non-derivative financial 

assets: 

(i) Trade and other receivables 

Trade and other receivables are financial assets with fixed 

or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active 

market. They arise when the Group provides money or 

services directly to a debtor with no intention of selling the 

receivable.  

Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair 

value, plus any directly attributable transaction costs. 

Subsequent to initial recognition, trade and other 

receivables are measured at amortised cost using the 

effective interest method, less a loss allowance equal to 

the expected credit loss determined under the expected 

credit loss assessment for receivables.  

Non-derivative financial liabilities are derecognised when 

the Group’s contractual obligations are discharged or 

cancelled, or expire. 

The Group has the following non-derivative financial 

liabilities: loans and borrowings, trade, other payables and 

contingent consideration payable. 

Non-derivative financial liabilities, other than contingent 

consideration payable, are recognised initially at fair value, 

plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent 

to initial recognition, these financial liabilities are measured 

at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. 

Contingent consideration payable is classified as a 

financial liability and is measured at fair value through 

profit or loss. Contingent consideration relating to 

acquisition of subsidiaries is recognised based on 

management’s best estimate of the liability (up to any 

relevant cap) at the reporting date. The liability is 

discounted using a market interest rate for the liability and 

a present value interest charge is recognised in the income 

statement as the discount unwinds. Any change in 

estimate of contingent consideration payable is recognised 

in the income statement as a fair value gain or loss during 

the period when the estimate is revised. 

Derivative financial instruments including hedging 

accounting 

The Group may use derivative financial instruments to 

hedge its exposure to interest rate risks and foreign 

(ii) Work in progress 

Work in progress represents accrued revenue recognised 

upon satisfaction of performance obligations and 

currency risks. 

rechargeable disbursements at the period end which are 

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date 

not invoiced, and is stated at the lower of cost and net 

a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently 

realisable value. 

(iii) Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and 

call deposits with original maturities of three months or 

remeasured to their fair value. The method of recognising 

the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the 

derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, 

the nature of the item being hedged. 

less. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and 

The Group designates certain derivatives as either hedges 

form an integral part of the Group’s cash management are 

of the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or a firm 

included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for 

commitment (fair value hedges), or hedges of probable 

the purpose of the statement of cash flows. 

forecast transactions (cash flow hedges). 

58

58    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    59 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other items 
The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, trade and other payables and lease 
liabilities approximates their fair value. The fair value which is determined for disclosure purposes only is calculated as: 
• 

Trade receivables: is the present value of future cash flows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the 
reporting date. 

• 

Trade and other payables and lease liabilities: is the present value of future principal and interest cash flows, 
discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date. For leases, the market rate of interest is determined 
by reference to Group’s incremental borrowing rate of the same term as the underlying lease. 

Accounting policy 
Non-derivative financial assets 
Non-derivative financial assets are recognised on the 
date that they are originated. All other financial assets 
(including assets designated as fair value through the 
profit and loss) are recognised initially on the trade date 
at which the Group becomes a party to the contractual 
provisions of the instrument. 

Non-derivative financial assets are derecognised when the 
rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have 
expired or have been transferred and the Group has 
transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of 
ownership.  

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net 
amount presented in the statement of financial position 
when, and only when, the Group has a legal right to offset 
the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or 
to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. 

The Group has the following non-derivative financial 
assets: 

(i) Trade and other receivables 
Trade and other receivables are financial assets with fixed 
or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active 
market. They arise when the Group provides money or 
services directly to a debtor with no intention of selling the 
receivable.  

Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair 
value, plus any directly attributable transaction costs. 

Subsequent to initial recognition, trade and other 
receivables are measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method, less a loss allowance equal to 
the expected credit loss determined under the expected 
credit loss assessment for receivables.  

(ii) Work in progress 
Work in progress represents accrued revenue recognised 
upon satisfaction of performance obligations and 
rechargeable disbursements at the period end which are 
not invoiced, and is stated at the lower of cost and net 
realisable value. 

(iii) Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and 
call deposits with original maturities of three months or 
less. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and 
form an integral part of the Group’s cash management are 
included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for 
the purpose of the statement of cash flows. 

Non-derivative financial liabilities 
Non-derivative financial liabilities are recognised on the 
date they are originated. All other financial liabilities 
(including liabilities designated at fair value through profit 
or loss) are recognised initially on the trade date at which 
the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of 
the instrument. 

Non-derivative financial liabilities are derecognised when 
the Group’s contractual obligations are discharged or 
cancelled, or expire. 

The Group has the following non-derivative financial 
liabilities: loans and borrowings, trade, other payables and 
contingent consideration payable. 

Non-derivative financial liabilities, other than contingent 
consideration payable, are recognised initially at fair value, 
plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent 
to initial recognition, these financial liabilities are measured 
at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. 

Contingent consideration payable is classified as a 
financial liability and is measured at fair value through 
profit or loss. Contingent consideration relating to 
acquisition of subsidiaries is recognised based on 
management’s best estimate of the liability (up to any 
relevant cap) at the reporting date. The liability is 
discounted using a market interest rate for the liability and 
a present value interest charge is recognised in the income 
statement as the discount unwinds. Any change in 
estimate of contingent consideration payable is recognised 
in the income statement as a fair value gain or loss during 
the period when the estimate is revised. 

Derivative financial instruments including hedging 
accounting 
The Group may use derivative financial instruments to 
hedge its exposure to interest rate risks and foreign 
currency risks. 

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date 
a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently 
remeasured to their fair value. The method of recognising 
the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the 
derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, 
the nature of the item being hedged. 

The Group designates certain derivatives as either hedges 
of the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or a firm 
commitment (fair value hedges), or hedges of probable 
forecast transactions (cash flow hedges). 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    59 

59

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

19. Financial risk management/financial instruments (continued) 

The Group documents at the inception of the transaction 
the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged 
items, as well as its risk management objective and 
strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The 
Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge 
inception and on an on-going basis, of whether the 
derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have 
been and will continue to be effective in offsetting changes 
in fair values or cash flows of hedged items. 

Cash flow hedges 
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of 
derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow 
hedges is recognised in other comprehensive income. The 
gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised 
immediately in the income statement. 

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold or 
terminated, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria 
for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing 
in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised 
when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in 
the income statement. 

When the hedged item is a non-financial asset, the amount 
recognised in other comprehensive income is transferred 
to the carrying amount of the asset when it is recognised. 
When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to 
occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in 
equity is immediately transferred to the income statement. 

Impairment of Financial assets (including receivables) 
A financial asset not carried at fair value through profit or 
loss is assessed on a monthly basis to determine whether 
there is any objective evidence that it is impaired. A 
financial asset is considered to be impaired if objective 
evidence indicates that one or more events have had a 
negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that 
asset that can be estimated reliably. 

Objective evidence that financial assets are impaired can 
include default or delinquency by a debtor, restructuring of 
an amount due to the Group on terms that the Group would 
not consider otherwise, and/or indications that a debtor or 
issuer will enter bankruptcy. 

Expected credit loss assessment for receivables and 
contract assets 
In addition to identifying impairment for specific financial 
assets, at each reporting date the Group also predicts the 
expected credit loss based on actual credit loss experience 
of the past three years. Expected credit losses are 
recognised in the income statement and reflected in an 
allowance account against receivables. An impairment loss 
in respect of a financial asset measured at amortised cost 
is calculated as the difference between its carrying amount 
and the present value of the estimated future cash flows 
discounted at the original effective interest rate. 

Key estimates 
Trade receivables are carried at amortised cost less 
impairment. The impairment of these receivables is an 
estimate based on:  

• 

• 

evidence suggesting that an event has occurred 
leading to a negative effect on the estimated 
future cash inflow; and  

prediction of expected credit loss based on actual 
credit loss experience of the past three years.  

Events subsequent to the reporting date but prior to the 
signing of the financial statements which indicate a 
negative effect are taken into account in the calculation of 
impairment. Future events may occur which change these 
estimates of the future cash inflows related to impaired 
trade receivables. 

20. Financing arrangements 

The Group has access to the following lines of credit: 

In thousands of AUD 
2020 
Total facilities 
available 
Facilities utilised at 
reporting date 
Facilities not utilised at 
reporting date 

2019 
Total facilities 
available 
Facilities utilised at 
reporting date 
Facilities not utilised at 
reporting date 

Hire 
purchase 
facility 

Indemnity 
guarantee 
facility 

Credit 
card 
facility 

Total 

– 

– 

– 

3,628 

1,670 

5,298 

2,105 

149 

2,254 

1,523 

1,521 

3,044 

493 

3,489  1,972  5,954 

493 

2,057 

317  2,867 

– 

1,432  1,655  3,087 

All finance facilities are negotiated by the Company on 
behalf of the Group. The carrying amount of amounts 
drawn down on facilities as at the reporting date equates to 
face value. The indemnity guarantee facility is secured by 
cash deposits held with the bank. 

Hire purchase facility 
The hire purchase facility is subject to annual review and is 
in place to assist with capital expenditure requirements. 

The Group leases plant, equipment and leasehold 
improvements under hire purchase expiring from one to 
five years (2019: one to five years). At the end of the hire 
purchase term, the Group has the option to purchase the 
equipment at a substantial discount to market value. The 
terms of the hire purchase require that additional debts are 
not undertaken without prior approval of the lender. 

Indemnity guarantee facility 
The indemnity guarantee facility is in place to support 
financial guarantees outstanding at any one time. Specific 
guarantee amounts are $1,976,000 (2019: $2,057,000) 
supporting property rental and other obligations. 

Credit card facility 
The credit card facility is subject to annual review and is 
subject to application approval and the bank or financial 
services company’s standard terms and conditions. 

21. Impairment of non-financial assets 

The process of impairment testing is to estimate the 

recoverable amount of the assets concerned, and 

recognise an impairment loss in the Income Statement 

whenever the carrying amount of those assets exceeds 

the recoverable amount. 

Impairment tests for cash-generating unit (CGU) groups 

containing goodwill 

All the operating businesses are managed as one 

collective group which forms the Operating Brands 

segment. 

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is 

allocated to the Group’s operating business units that 

represent the lowest level within the Group at which 

goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes 

and synergies obtained by the business unit. 

The aggregation of assets in the CGU group continues 

to be determined using a service offering. The Search 

Marketing businesses do not form part of the Operating 

Brands CGU group as they do not obtain synergies with 

the businesses in that CGU group; however they are 

included in the Operating Brands segment. They have 

no carrying value. 

The recoverable amount of the CGU group was based 

on value in use in both the current and prior year. The 

methodologies and assumptions used for calculating 

value in use for all of the CGU groups have remained 

materially consistent with those applied in prior years. 

Key assumptions  

Key assumptions used in the value in use approach to 

test for impairment relate to the discount rate and the 

medium-term and long-term growth rates applied to 

projected cash flows. 

Projected cash flows 

The projected first year of cash flows is derived from the 

current financial year cash flows adjusted in some cases 

for next financial year’s Board and management 

approved budgets. This reflects the best estimate of the 

CGU group’s cash flows at the time of this report. 

Projected cash flows can differ from future actual cash 

flows and results of operations. 

Consideration  was  given to the  impact  of COVID-19  on the 

projected  cash  flows.  Projected  cash  flow  assumption 

methodologies were unchanged from the prior period based 

impaired. 

on: 

• 

• 

• 

the actual cash flows achieved for the year ended 

30  June  2020  including  the  period  impacted  by 

COVID-19; 

the  Groups  high  sector  exposure  to  technology, 

healthcare  and  consumer  staples  clients  and  low 

sector exposure to travel and tourism clients; and 

further operating cost reduction strategies available 

if cash flows reduce. 

Discount rates 

Discount rates are based on the Group’s pre-tax 

weighted average cost of capital (WACC) adjusted if 

necessary to reflect the specific characteristics of each 

CGU group and to obtain a post-tax discount rate. 

Discount rates used are appropriate for the currency in 

which cash flows are generated and are adjusted to 

reflect the current view on the appropriate debt equity 

ratio and risks inherent in assessing future cash flows. 

Growth rate 

A compound average growth rate (CAGR) of 2.4%  

(30 June 2019: 2.4%) has been applied to the cash 

flows of the first five years of cash flows. The five years 

of cash flows are discounted to present value. The 

growth rate is based on analysis of organic growth 

expectations, historical growth rates and industry growth 

rates. The growth rate also takes into account weighting 

of international operations of the Group.   

Long-term growth rate into perpetuity 

Long-term growth rate of 2.5% (30 June 2019: 2.5%) is 

used into perpetuity, based on the expected long-range 

growth rate for the industry. 

Impairment testing key assumptions for Operating 

Brands CGU group 

In thousands of AUD 

Post-tax discount rate % 

Pre-tax discount rate % 

Long-term perpetuity 

growth rate % 

2020 

2019 

8.33 – 10.16 

8.75 – 10.59 

9.99 – 13.67  10.63 – 13.98 

2.50 

2.50 

Sensitivity range for impairment testing assumptions 

As at 30 June 2020, management has identified that for 

the carrying amount to exceed the recoverable amount 

the discount rate would need to increase by 1.7% to 

3.5% depending on the currency. A nil growth rate in the 

cash flows of the first five years would continue to 

generate an estimated recoverable amount above the 

carrying amount. 

Accounting policy 

The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-financial 

assets, other than deferred tax assets, are reviewed at 

each reporting date to determine whether there is any 

indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, 

then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. 

Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite 

useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested 

annually for impairment or more frequently if events or 

changes in circumstances indicate that they might be 

An impairment loss is recognised if the carrying amount 

of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount. The 

recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s value in 

use and fair value less costs to sell. In assessing value 

in use, the estimated future post-tax cash flows are 

discounted to their present value using a post-tax 

discount rate that reflects current market assessments 

of the time value of money and the risks specific to the 

asset. 

For the purpose of assessing impairment, assets are 

grouped together into the smallest group of assets that 

generates cash inflows from continuing use that are 

largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets 

or groups of assets (the ‘cash-generating unit’).  

60

60    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    61 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21. Impairment of non-financial assets 
The process of impairment testing is to estimate the 
recoverable amount of the assets concerned, and 
recognise an impairment loss in the Income Statement 
whenever the carrying amount of those assets exceeds 
the recoverable amount. 

Impairment tests for cash-generating unit (CGU) groups 
containing goodwill 
All the operating businesses are managed as one 
collective group which forms the Operating Brands 
segment. 

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is 
allocated to the Group’s operating business units that 
represent the lowest level within the Group at which 
goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes 
and synergies obtained by the business unit. 

The aggregation of assets in the CGU group continues 
to be determined using a service offering. The Search 
Marketing businesses do not form part of the Operating 
Brands CGU group as they do not obtain synergies with 
the businesses in that CGU group; however they are 
included in the Operating Brands segment. They have 
no carrying value. 

The recoverable amount of the CGU group was based 
on value in use in both the current and prior year. The 
methodologies and assumptions used for calculating 
value in use for all of the CGU groups have remained 
materially consistent with those applied in prior years. 

Key assumptions  
Key assumptions used in the value in use approach to 
test for impairment relate to the discount rate and the 
medium-term and long-term growth rates applied to 
projected cash flows. 

Projected cash flows 
The projected first year of cash flows is derived from the 
current financial year cash flows adjusted in some cases 
for next financial year’s Board and management 
approved budgets. This reflects the best estimate of the 
CGU group’s cash flows at the time of this report. 
Projected cash flows can differ from future actual cash 
flows and results of operations. 

Consideration  was  given to the  impact  of COVID-19  on the 
projected  cash  flows.  Projected  cash  flow  assumption 
methodologies were unchanged from the prior period based 
on: 

• 

• 

• 

the actual cash flows achieved for the year ended 
30  June  2020  including  the  period  impacted  by 
COVID-19; 
the  Groups  high  sector  exposure  to  technology, 
healthcare  and  consumer  staples  clients  and  low 
sector exposure to travel and tourism clients; and 
further operating cost reduction strategies available 
if cash flows reduce. 

Discount rates 
Discount rates are based on the Group’s pre-tax 
weighted average cost of capital (WACC) adjusted if 
necessary to reflect the specific characteristics of each 
CGU group and to obtain a post-tax discount rate. 

Discount rates used are appropriate for the currency in 
which cash flows are generated and are adjusted to 
reflect the current view on the appropriate debt equity 
ratio and risks inherent in assessing future cash flows. 

Growth rate 
A compound average growth rate (CAGR) of 2.4%  
(30 June 2019: 2.4%) has been applied to the cash 
flows of the first five years of cash flows. The five years 
of cash flows are discounted to present value. The 
growth rate is based on analysis of organic growth 
expectations, historical growth rates and industry growth 
rates. The growth rate also takes into account weighting 
of international operations of the Group.   

Long-term growth rate into perpetuity 
Long-term growth rate of 2.5% (30 June 2019: 2.5%) is 
used into perpetuity, based on the expected long-range 
growth rate for the industry. 

Impairment testing key assumptions for Operating 
Brands CGU group 

In thousands of AUD 
Post-tax discount rate % 
Pre-tax discount rate % 
Long-term perpetuity 
growth rate % 

2019 
2020 
8.33 – 10.16 
8.75 – 10.59 
9.99 – 13.67  10.63 – 13.98 

2.50 

2.50 

Sensitivity range for impairment testing assumptions 
As at 30 June 2020, management has identified that for 
the carrying amount to exceed the recoverable amount 
the discount rate would need to increase by 1.7% to 
3.5% depending on the currency. A nil growth rate in the 
cash flows of the first five years would continue to 
generate an estimated recoverable amount above the 
carrying amount. 

Accounting policy 
The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-financial 
assets, other than deferred tax assets, are reviewed at 
each reporting date to determine whether there is any 
indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, 
then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. 
Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite 
useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested 
annually for impairment or more frequently if events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that they might be 
impaired. 

An impairment loss is recognised if the carrying amount 
of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount. The 
recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s value in 
use and fair value less costs to sell. In assessing value 
in use, the estimated future post-tax cash flows are 
discounted to their present value using a post-tax 
discount rate that reflects current market assessments 
of the time value of money and the risks specific to the 
asset. 

For the purpose of assessing impairment, assets are 
grouped together into the smallest group of assets that 
generates cash inflows from continuing use that are 
largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets 
or groups of assets (the ‘cash-generating unit’).  

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    61 

61

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

21. Impairment of non-financial assets (continued) 
For the purposes of goodwill impairment testing, cash-generating units (CGUs) to which goodwill has been allocated are 
aggregated so that the level at which impairment is tested reflects the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for 
internal reporting purposes. 

Impairment losses recognised in respect of CGUs are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of goodwill and then to 
reduce the carrying amount of the other assets on a pro-rata basis. 

At each reporting date, the Group reviews non-financial assets other than goodwill that have been previously impaired for 
indications that the conditions that resulted in the impairment have reversed. 

22. Controlled entities 
Particulars in relation to controlled entities: 

Name 
Parent entity 
Enero Group Limited 

Controlled entities 
Enero Group UK Holdings Pty Limited 
– Enero Group UK Limited 
Enero Group (US) Pty Limited 
– Enero Group (US) Inc. 
BMF Holdco Pty Limited 
BMF Advertising Pty Limited 
Hotwire Integrated Communications Pty Limited 
Naked Communications Australia Pty Limited 
Hotwire Australia Pty Limited 
Orchard Marketing Pty Ltd 
Alfie Agency Pty Ltd 
CPR Communications and Public Relations Pty Limited 
Love Pty Limited 
Domain Active Holdco Pty Limited 
– Domain Active Pty Limited 
The Leading Edge Market Research Consultants Pty Limited 
– The Leading Edge Market Research Consultants Limited 
– Enero Group Singapore Pte Limited 
The Digital Edge Online Consultants Pty Limited 
Brigade Pty Limited 
The Hotwire Public Relations Group Limited 
– Hotwire Public Relations GMBH 
– Hotwire Public Relations SARL 
– Hotwire Public Relations SL 
– Hotwire Public Relations SRL 
– Hotwire Public Relations Limited 
– Skywrite Communications Limited 
– 33 Digital Limited 
Naked Communications Limited 
– Naked Numbers Limited 
– Naked Communications Holdings Inc. 
– Naked New York LLC 
Lorica Group Limited 
– Corporate Edge Group Limited 
Frank Public Relations Limited 
– Frank Public Relations Pty Limited 
– Frank Public Reactions Inc. 
OB Media LLC 
SiteMath LLC 
– Clicksciences.com LLC 
The Leading Edge Research & Strategy Consultants LLC 
Orchard Creative Technology Inc.  
Hotwire Public Relations Group LLC 
Hotwire New Zealand Limited 
Enero Group NZ Ltd 

Group interest 
2019 
% 

2020 
% 

Country of 
incorporation 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
75 
75 
75 
51 
51 
51 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
75 
75 
75 
51 
51 
51 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

Australia 
UK 
Australia 
USA 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
UK 
Singapore 
Australia 
Australia 
UK 
Germany 
France 
Spain 
Italy 
UK 
UK 
UK 
UK 
UK 
USA 
USA 
UK 
UK 
UK 
Australia 
USA 
USA 
USA 
USA 
USA 
USA 
USA 
New Zealand 
New Zealand 

Accounting policy 

Basis of consolidation 

(i) Business combinations 

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. For every business combination, the Group 

identifies the acquirer, which is the combining entity that obtains control of other combining entities or businesses. The 

acquisition date is the date on which control is transferred to the acquirer. Judgement is applied in determining the 

acquisition date and determining whether control is transferred from one party to another. 

Goodwill arising from the business combination is measured at fair value of the consideration transferred including the 

recognised amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree, less the net recognised amount (generally fair value) of 

the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, all measured as of the acquisition date. Non-controlling interest is 

measured at its proportionate interest in the identifiable net assets of the acquiree. 

Consideration transferred includes the fair values of the assets transferred, liabilities incurred by the Group to the previous 

owners of the acquiree, and equity interests issued by the Group. Consideration transferred also includes the fair value of 

any contingent consideration and share-based payment awards of the acquiree that are replaced mandatorily in the 

business combination. 

A contingent liability of the acquiree assumed in a business combination is recognised only if such a liability represents a 

present obligation and arises from a past event, and its fair value can be measured reliably. 

Transaction costs incurred in connection with a business combination are expensed as incurred. 

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, 

variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the 

The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date on which 

control commences until the date on which control ceases. 

Intra-group balances, and any unrealised gains and losses or income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions, 

are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statement.

(ii) Subsidiaries 

activities of the entity. 

.

62

62    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    63 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounting policy 
Basis of consolidation 
(i) Business combinations 
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. For every business combination, the Group 
identifies the acquirer, which is the combining entity that obtains control of other combining entities or businesses. The 
acquisition date is the date on which control is transferred to the acquirer. Judgement is applied in determining the 
acquisition date and determining whether control is transferred from one party to another. 

Goodwill arising from the business combination is measured at fair value of the consideration transferred including the 
recognised amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree, less the net recognised amount (generally fair value) of 
the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, all measured as of the acquisition date. Non-controlling interest is 
measured at its proportionate interest in the identifiable net assets of the acquiree. 

Consideration transferred includes the fair values of the assets transferred, liabilities incurred by the Group to the previous 
owners of the acquiree, and equity interests issued by the Group. Consideration transferred also includes the fair value of 
any contingent consideration and share-based payment awards of the acquiree that are replaced mandatorily in the 
business combination. 

A contingent liability of the acquiree assumed in a business combination is recognised only if such a liability represents a 
present obligation and arises from a past event, and its fair value can be measured reliably. 

Transaction costs incurred in connection with a business combination are expensed as incurred. 

(ii) Subsidiaries 
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, 
variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the 
activities of the entity. 

The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date on which 
control commences until the date on which control ceases. 

Intra-group balances, and any unrealised gains and losses or income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions, 
are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statement.

.

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    63 

63

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

23. Parent entity disclosures 
As at, and throughout, the financial year ended 30 June 2020, the parent Company of the Group was Enero Group 
Limited. 

In thousands of AUD 
Result of the parent entity 
Profit/(loss) for the year 
Other comprehensive income 
Total comprehensive income for the year 

Financial position of the parent entity at year end 
Current assets 
Total assets 
Current liabilities 
Total liabilities 
Net assets  

Total equity of the parent entity comprising: 
Share capital 
Share-based payment reserve 
Profit appropriation reserve 
Accumulated losses 

Total equity 

2020 

16,988 
– 
16,988 

21,929 
155,885 
16,309 
37,155 
118,730 

99,515 
10,541 
33,209 
(24,535) 

118,730 

The Company 
2019 

(2,100) 
– 
(2,100) 

27,061 
152,513 
24,629 
46,108 
106,405 

97,412 
12,080 
20,955 
(24,042) 

106,405 

(i)  For dividends declared and paid by the Company to members since the end of the previous financial year, refer to Note 17 Capital and reserves. 

Parent entity guarantees in respect of debts of its subsidiaries 
The parent entity has entered into a Deed of Cross Guarantee with the effect that the Company guarantees debts in 
respect of its subsidiaries. 

Further details of the Deed of Cross Guarantee, and the subsidiaries subject to the deed, are disclosed in  
Note 24 Deed of Cross Guarantee. 

Contingent liabilities 
Indemnities 
Indemnities have been provided to Directors and certain Executive Officers of the Company in respect to third parties 
arising from their positions, except where the liability arises out of conduct involving lack of good faith. No monetary limit 
applied to these agreements and there are no known obligations outstanding at 30 June 2020.

The subsidiaries subject to the Deed are: 

Trade and other payables 

10,251 

11,036 

–  The Leading Edge Market Research Consultants Pty 

Contingent consideration payable 

Statement of financial position 

In thousands of AUD 

Assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

Other assets 

Total current assets 

Receivables 

Other financial assets 

Deferred tax assets 

Plant and equipment 

Right-of-use assets 

Intangible assets 

Total non-current assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities 

Lease liabilities 

Employee benefits 

Provisions 

Total current liabilities 

Contingent consideration payable 

Lease liabilities 

Employee benefits 

Provisions 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Equity 

Issued capital 

Share-based payment reserve 

Profit appropriation reserve 

Accumulated losses 

Total equity 

2020 

2019 

19,331 

24,565 

5,779 

1,072 

26,182 

62,693 

30,558 

1,967 

2,909 

6,178 

6,154 

1,004 

31,723 

53,620 

30,558 

2,124 

3,619 

– 

16,387 

16,387 

120,692  106,308 

146,874  138,031 

4,946 

3,113 

1,545 

– 

19,855 

10,434 

6,646 

423 

– 

17,503 

37,358 

109,516 

5,934 

493 

1,874 

640 

19,977 

14,718 

– 

352 

3,040 

18,110 

38,087 

99,944 

99,515 

10,541 

33,209 

97,412 

12,080 

20,955 

(33,749) 

(30,503) 

109,516 

99,944 

24. Deed of Cross Guarantee 

Pursuant to ASIC Class Order 98/1418 (as amended) 

dated 13 August 1998, the wholly owned subsidiaries  

listed below are relieved from the Corporations Act 2001 

requirements for the preparation, audit and lodgement of 

financial statements and a Directors’ Report. 

It is a condition of the Class Order that the Company  

and each of the subsidiaries enter into a Deed of Cross 

Guarantee. The effect of the Deed is that the Company 

guarantees to each creditor payment in full of any debt 

in the event of winding up of any of the subsidiaries 

under certain provisions of the Corporations Act 2001. If 

a winding up occurs under other provisions of the Act,  

the Company will only be liable in the event that after six 

months any creditor has not been paid in full. The 

subsidiaries have also given similar guarantees in  

the event that the Company is wound up. 

Limited; and 

–  BMF Holdco Pty Limited. 

A consolidated income statement and consolidated 

statement of financial position, comprising the Company 

and controlled entities which are party to the Deed, after 

eliminating all transactions between parties to the Deed 

of Cross Guarantee, at 30 June 2020, is set out as 

Summarised income statement and retained profits 

follows: 

In thousands of AUD 

Net revenue 

Dividends received from subsidiaries 

Employee expenses 

Operating and other expenses 

Profit/(loss) before income tax  

2020 

26,252 

13,571 

2019 

25,746 

– 

(23,076) 

(22,704) 

(4,290) 

(4,563) 

12,457 

(1,521) 

1,792 

14,249 

3,071 

1,550 

Equity holders of the Company 

14,249 

1,550 

Accumulated losses at beginning of year 

(30,503) 

(32,053) 

Income tax benefit 

Profit for the year 

Attributable to: 

Accumulated losses 

Adjustment on initial application of  

AASB 16 

Profit for the year 

Transfer to profit appropriation reserve 

(16,988) 

Accumulated losses at end of year 

(33,749) 

(30,503) 

Profit appropriation reserve 

Profit appropriation reserve at beginning 

of year 

Dividend paid during the year 

Profit for the year 

Profit appropriation reserve at end of 

year 

(507) 

14,249 

1,550 

– 

– 

20,955 

25,235 

(4,734) 

(4,280) 

16,988 

– 

33,209 

20,955 

64

64    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    65 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24. Deed of Cross Guarantee 
Pursuant to ASIC Class Order 98/1418 (as amended) 
dated 13 August 1998, the wholly owned subsidiaries  
listed below are relieved from the Corporations Act 2001 
requirements for the preparation, audit and lodgement of 
financial statements and a Directors’ Report. 

It is a condition of the Class Order that the Company  
and each of the subsidiaries enter into a Deed of Cross 
Guarantee. The effect of the Deed is that the Company 
guarantees to each creditor payment in full of any debt 
in the event of winding up of any of the subsidiaries 
under certain provisions of the Corporations Act 2001. If 
a winding up occurs under other provisions of the Act,  
the Company will only be liable in the event that after six 
months any creditor has not been paid in full. The 
subsidiaries have also given similar guarantees in  
the event that the Company is wound up. 

The subsidiaries subject to the Deed are: 
–  The Leading Edge Market Research Consultants Pty 

Limited; and 

–  BMF Holdco Pty Limited. 
A consolidated income statement and consolidated 
statement of financial position, comprising the Company 
and controlled entities which are party to the Deed, after 
eliminating all transactions between parties to the Deed 
of Cross Guarantee, at 30 June 2020, is set out as 
follows: 

Summarised income statement and retained profits 
In thousands of AUD 
Net revenue 
Dividends received from subsidiaries 
Employee expenses 
Operating and other expenses 
Profit/(loss) before income tax  
Income tax benefit 
Profit for the year 
Attributable to: 
Equity holders of the Company 
Accumulated losses 
Accumulated losses at beginning of year 

2020 
26,252 
13,571 
(23,076) 
(4,290) 
12,457 
1,792 
14,249 

(30,503) 

14,249 

2019 
25,746 
– 
(22,704) 
(4,563) 
(1,521) 
3,071 
1,550 

1,550 

(32,053) 

Statement of financial position 
In thousands of AUD 
Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Other assets 
Total current assets 
Receivables 
Other financial assets 
Deferred tax assets 
Plant and equipment 
Right-of-use assets 
Intangible assets 
Total non-current assets 
Total assets 
Liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Contingent consideration payable 
Lease liabilities 
Employee benefits 
Provisions 
Total current liabilities 
Contingent consideration payable 
Lease liabilities 
Employee benefits 
Provisions 
Total non-current liabilities 
Total liabilities 
Net assets 
Equity 
Issued capital 
Share-based payment reserve 
Profit appropriation reserve 
Accumulated losses 
Total equity 

2020 

2019 

19,331 
5,779 
1,072 
26,182 
62,693 
30,558 
1,967 
2,909 
6,178 
16,387 

24,565 
6,154 
1,004 
31,723 
53,620 
30,558 
2,124 
3,619 
– 
16,387 
120,692  106,308 
146,874  138,031 

10,251 
4,946 
3,113 
1,545 
– 
19,855 
10,434 
6,646 
423 
– 
17,503 
37,358 
109,516 

11,036 
5,934 
493 
1,874 
640 
19,977 

14,718 
– 
352 
3,040 
18,110 
38,087 
99,944 

99,515 
10,541 
33,209 
(33,749) 
109,516 

97,412 
12,080 
20,955 
(30,503) 
99,944 

Adjustment on initial application of  
AASB 16 

Profit for the year 
Transfer to profit appropriation reserve 
Accumulated losses at end of year 
Profit appropriation reserve 
Profit appropriation reserve at beginning 
of year 
Dividend paid during the year 
Profit for the year 
Profit appropriation reserve at end of 
year 

(507) 
14,249 
(16,988) 
(33,749) 

– 
1,550 
– 
(30,503) 

20,955 

25,235 

(4,734) 
16,988 

(4,280) 
– 

33,209 

20,955 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    65 

65

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

25. Commitments 
Leases 
Leases as lessee 
Commitments for minimum lease payments 
(undiscounted) in relation to non-cancellable operating 
leases are payable as follows: 

In thousands of AUD 
Less than one year 
Between one and five years 
Over five years 

2020 
183 

2019 
6,440 
29  17,461 
– 

– 

212  23,901 

The Group leases many assets, including properties and 
office equipment, under non-cancellable operating 
leases generally expiring in two to 10 years. Amounts 
disclosed for 2020 include only leases exempt from 
AASB 16 recognition.  

Transition to AASB 16 
The Group has applied AASB 16 Leases using the 
modified retrospective approach, under which the 
cumulative effect of initial application is recognised in 
retained earnings at 1 July 2019. Refer to Note 1(g). 

At transition, the lease liabilities relating to substantially 
all property leases were recognised on the balance 
sheet. The Group has elected to use the exemption not 
to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for 
short-term leases that have a lease term of 12 months 
or less and leases of low-value assets.  

Under the modified retrospective transition approach, 
comparative information is not restated. A reconciliation 
of lease commitments at 30 June 2019 to lease liability 
recognised at transition to AASB 16 is included in the 
table below: 

In thousands of AUD 
Lease commitment at 30 June 2019 
Present value interest discount 
Exempt short-term leases 
Provisions embedded in lease liabilities 
Re-assessment of lease term 

Lease liability at 1 July 2019 

23,901 
(2,194) 
(92) 
478 
405 

22,498 

26. Contingencies 
Contingent liabilities  
Indemnities 
Indemnities have been provided to Directors and certain 
Executive Officers of the Company in respect to third 
parties arising from their positions, except where the 
liability arises out of conduct involving lack of good faith. 
No monetary limit has been applied to these 
agreements and there are no known obligations 
outstanding at 30 June 2020. 

27. Subsequent events 
Subsequent to the balance date, the Directors have 
declared a final dividend, with respect to ordinary 
shares, of 3.5 cents per share, fully franked. The final 
dividend will have a record date of 18 September 2020 
and a payment date of 2 October 2020. The financial 
effect of this dividend has not been brought to account 
in the financial statements for the year ended  
30 June 2020 but will be recognised in the subsequent 
financial period. 

Except for the events listed above there has not arisen, 
in the interval between the end of the financial year and 
the date of this report, any item, transaction or event of 
a material and unusual nature likely, in the opinion of the 
Directors of the Company, to significantly affect the 
operations of the Group, the results of those operations, 
or the state of affairs of the Group in future financial 
years. 

28. Key Management Personnel and other related 
party disclosures 
In addition to Executive and Non-Executive Directors, 
the following were Key Management Personnel of the 
Group at any time during the reporting period: 

Name 

Position 

Brendan York 

Chief Financial Officer 

Fiona Chilcott 

Chief People and Culture Officer 

Other transactions with the Company or its controlled 
entities 
A number of the Key Management Personnel, or their 
related entities, hold positions in other entities that result 
in them having control or significant influence over the 
financial or operating policies of those entities. 

There were no transactions with the Company or its 
subsidiaries and Key Management Personnel in the 
current or prior reporting period. 

Director related party transactions  
There were no transactions with the Director related 
party during the current or prior reporting period. 

The Key Management Personnel compensation 
(including all Directors) is as follows: 
In AUD 
Short-term employee benefits 
Other long-term benefits 
Post-employment benefits 
Termination benefits 

2019 
2,342,111  2,905,132 
22,587 
77,719 
– 

(603) 
76,890 
188,269 

2020 

Share-based payments – Share 
Appreciation Rights 

359,146 

538,741 

Total share-based payments  

359,146 

538,741 

Total Key Management Personnel 
compensation 

2,965,813  3,544,179 

29. Share-based payments 

Equity-based plans 

Long-term incentives (LTI) were provided as equity-

based incentives in the Company under the Share 

Appreciation Rights plan (SAR) in the current and prior 

financial years; which remain outstanding at  

30 June 2020. 

Share Appreciation Rights (SARs) 

The Share Appreciation Rights Plan is designed to 

incentivise the Company’s Senior Executives and other 

senior management of the Group. 

The fair value of the SARs is measured using the Monte 

Carlo simulation model. Measurement inputs include 

share price on measurement date, exercise price of the 

instruments, expected volatility (based on weighted 

average historical volatility), weighted average expected 

life of the instruments (based on historical experience 

and general rights holder behaviour), expected 

dividends, and the risk-free interest rate (based on 

government bonds). Service conditions attached to the 

transactions are not taken into account in determining 

fair value. 

The plan allows for the Board to determine who is 

entitled to participate in the SAR Plan, and it may grant 

rights accordingly. Enero’s Board may determine 

whether or not the grant of rights is conditional on the 

achievement of performance hurdles; and if so, the 

nature of those hurdles. 

The exercise of each right will entitle the rights holder to 

receive a fraction of an ordinary share based on a 

conversion formula of E = (A – B) / A, where: 

–  E is the share right entitlement; 

–  A is the volume weighted average price (VWAP) for 

the Company’s shares for the 20 business days prior 

to the vesting date of the rights; and 

–  B is the VWAP for the Company’s shares for the 20 

business days before the rights were granted. 

If A – B is less than or equal to zero, the share right will 

not vest and will immediately lapse on the applicable 

vesting date. 

One share right shall never convert into more than one 

share in the capital of the Company. Rights expire at  

15 business days after the relevant vesting date or the 

termination of the individual’s employment. The Board 

may exercise discretion on early vesting of rights in the 

event of a change of control of the Group. Refer to the 

table below for a summary of SARs on issue. 

Summary of Share Appreciation Rights on issue: 

VWAP for the 20 business days prior to the 

20 business days after the release of the 

Group financial report for the year ended: 

Issue date 

SARs issued 

Participants 

grant (B) 

Vesting dates: 

Tranche 1 (1/3rd) 

Tranche 2 (1/3rd) 

Tranche 3 (1/3rd) 

Last expiry date  

30 June 2020. 

19 October 2017 

18 October 2018 

24 October 2019 

5,000,000 

4,500,000 

2,450,000 

Senior Executives 

Senior Executives 

Senior Executives 

$1.04 

$1.23 

$2.13 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2019 

30 June 2020 

30 June 2019 

30 June 2020 

30 June 2021 

30 June 2020 

30 June 2021 

30 June 2022 

30 September 2020 

30 September 2021 

30 September 2022 

Outstanding SARs as at 30 June 2020 

1,016,670 

1,800,000 

2,100,000 

Note: 2,000,000 SARs issued to the former CEO on 28 June 2019 were forfeited during the year, and are not on issue at  

66

66    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    67 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
29. Share-based payments 

Equity-based plans 
Long-term incentives (LTI) were provided as equity-
based incentives in the Company under the Share 
Appreciation Rights plan (SAR) in the current and prior 
financial years; which remain outstanding at  
30 June 2020. 

Share Appreciation Rights (SARs) 
The Share Appreciation Rights Plan is designed to 
incentivise the Company’s Senior Executives and other 
senior management of the Group. 

The fair value of the SARs is measured using the Monte 
Carlo simulation model. Measurement inputs include 
share price on measurement date, exercise price of the 
instruments, expected volatility (based on weighted 
average historical volatility), weighted average expected 
life of the instruments (based on historical experience 
and general rights holder behaviour), expected 
dividends, and the risk-free interest rate (based on 
government bonds). Service conditions attached to the 
transactions are not taken into account in determining 
fair value. 

The plan allows for the Board to determine who is 
entitled to participate in the SAR Plan, and it may grant 
rights accordingly. Enero’s Board may determine 
whether or not the grant of rights is conditional on the 
achievement of performance hurdles; and if so, the 
nature of those hurdles. 

The exercise of each right will entitle the rights holder to 
receive a fraction of an ordinary share based on a 
conversion formula of E = (A – B) / A, where: 

–  E is the share right entitlement; 
–  A is the volume weighted average price (VWAP) for 
the Company’s shares for the 20 business days prior 
to the vesting date of the rights; and 

–  B is the VWAP for the Company’s shares for the 20 
business days before the rights were granted. 

If A – B is less than or equal to zero, the share right will 
not vest and will immediately lapse on the applicable 
vesting date. 

One share right shall never convert into more than one 
share in the capital of the Company. Rights expire at  
15 business days after the relevant vesting date or the 
termination of the individual’s employment. The Board 
may exercise discretion on early vesting of rights in the 
event of a change of control of the Group. Refer to the 
table below for a summary of SARs on issue. 

Summary of Share Appreciation Rights on issue: 

Issue date 
SARs issued 
Participants 
VWAP for the 20 business days prior to the 
grant (B) 
Vesting dates: 
20 business days after the release of the 
Group financial report for the year ended: 
Tranche 1 (1/3rd) 
Tranche 2 (1/3rd) 
Tranche 3 (1/3rd) 
Last expiry date  
Outstanding SARs as at 30 June 2020 

19 October 2017 
5,000,000 
Senior Executives 

18 October 2018 
4,500,000 
Senior Executives 

24 October 2019 
2,450,000 
Senior Executives 

$1.04 

$1.23 

$2.13 

30 June 2018 
30 June 2019 
30 June 2020 
30 September 2020 
1,016,670 

30 June 2019 
30 June 2020 
30 June 2021 
30 September 2021 
1,800,000 

30 June 2020 
30 June 2021 
30 June 2022 
30 September 2022 
2,100,000 

Note: 2,000,000 SARs issued to the former CEO on 28 June 2019 were forfeited during the year, and are not on issue at  
30 June 2020. 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    67 

67

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2020

29. Share-based payments (continued) 

Share Appreciation Rights (SARs) 

Summary of rights over unissued ordinary shares 

Grant date 

2020 

19 Oct 2017 

18 Oct 2018 

28 Jun 2019 

24 Oct 2019 

VWAP (for the 
20 business 
days prior to 
the grant) 

Expiry 
date 

Weighte
d 
average 
exercise 
price 

Number of  
Rights 
outstanding 
at beginning 
 of year 

Rights 
granted  
during 
year 

Rights 
exercised 
during year 

Rights 
expired  
during year 

Rights 
forfeited  
during year 

Number of 
Rights at  
year end 
outstanding 

Number 
of Rights 
at year 
end 
vested 

Proceeds 
received 

Date 
issued 

Number of 
shares 
issued 

Expected  
life  
(years) 

30 Sep 
2020 
30 Sep 
2021 
30 Sep 
2022 
30 Sep 
2022 

$1.04 

$1.23 

$2.13 

$2.13 

– 

– 

– 

– 

2,700,002 

–  1,349,998 

– 

333,334 

1,016,670 

4,500,000 

–  1,500,000 

–  1,200,000 

1,800,000 

2,000,000 

– 

–  2,450,000 

– 

– 

–  2,000,000 

– 

– 

350,000 

2,100,000 

9,200,002  2,450,000  2,849,998 

–  3,883,334 

4,916,670 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

588,821 

0.9–2.9 

523,810 

0.9–2.9 

– 

– 

1.3–3.3 

0.9–2.9 

  1,112,631 

Grant date 

Expiry 
date 

2019 

16 June 2015 

20 Oct 2015 

19 Oct 2017 

18 Oct 2018 

28 Jun 
2019(i) 

30 Sep 
2018 
30 Sep 
2018 
30 Sep 
2020 
30 Sep 
2021 
30 Sep 
2022 

VWAP (for the 
20 business 
days prior to 
the grant) 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 

Number of  
Rights 
outstanding 
at beginning 
 of year 

Rights 
granted  
during 
year 

Rights 
exercised 
during year 

Rights 
expired  
during year 

Rights 
forfeited  
during year 

Number of 
Rights at  
year end 
outstanding 

Number 
of Rights 
at year 
end 
vested 

Proceeds 
received 

Date 
issued 

Number 
of shares 
issued 

Expected  
life  
(years) 

$0.70 

$0.70 

$1.04 

$1.23 

$2.13 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

333,334 

1,066,664 

– 

– 

333,334 

983,330 

5,000,000 

–  1,666,664 

–  4,500,000 

–  2,000,000 

– 

– 

6,399,998  6,500,000  2,983,328 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

83,334 

– 

– 

633,334 

2,700,002 

– 

– 

4,500,000 

2,000,000 

716,668 

9,200,002 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–  132,184 

1.3–3.3 

–  519,391 

0.9–2.9 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

0.9–2.9 

0.9–2.9 

1.3–3.3 

  651,575 

The number and weighted average exercise price of share rights is as follows: 

VWAP (for the 
20 business 
days prior to 
the grant) 2020 
$ 
1.37 

Weighted 
average 
exercise price 
2020 
– 

Number of 
options/rights  
2020 
9,200,002 

VWAP (for the 
20 business 
days prior to 
the grant) 2019 
$ 
0.97 

Weighted  
average  
exercise price 
2019 
– 

1.76 
– 

1.14 

2.13 
1.58 
– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

(3,883,334) 
– 

(2,849,998) 

2,450,000 
4,916,670 
– 

1.00 
– 

0.89 

1.23 
1.37 
– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

Number of 
options/rights  
2019 
6,399,998 

(716,668) 
– 

(2,983,328) 

6,500,000 
9,200,002 
– 

Outstanding at 1 July  
Forfeited during the 
period 
Expired during the period 
Exercised during the 
period 
Granted during the 
period 
Outstanding at 30 June  
Exercisable at 30 June  

The SARs outstanding at 30 June 2020 have a VWAP (for the 20 business days prior to the grant) range of $1.04 to $2.13  
(30 June 2019: $1.04 to $2.13).  

The SARs outstanding at 30 June 2020 have a weighted average contractual life of 0.86 years (30 June 2019: 1.32 years). 

The fair value of services received in return for SARs granted is based on the fair value of SARs, measured using the 
Monte Carlo simulation model. 

The total net expenses recognised by the Group for the year ended 30 June 2020 for share-based payment transactions 
were $564,000 (2019: $730,000). 

The VWAP for the 20 business days prior the date of exercise of SARs on 12 September 2019 was $1.89. 

Inputs for measurement of grant date fair value 

The following factors and assumptions were used in determining the fair value of the SARs on the grant date: 

Value per SAR 

prior to the grant) 

VWAP (for the 20 

business days 

Price of  

shares on 

grant date 

Expected 

volatility 

Grant date 

19 Oct 2017(i) 

18 Oct 2018(ii) 

24 Oct 2019(iii) 

Expiry date 

$ 

30 Sept 2020  0.12 – 0.23 

30 Sept 2021  0.20 – 0.31 

30 Sept 2022  0.26 – 0.46 

$ 

1.04 

1.23 

2.13 

$ 

0.98 

1.23 

2.04 

Risk-free 

Dividend 

Expected  

interest rate  

% 

1.78–2.08 

1.99–2.07 

0.73-0.76 

% 

40 

40 

40 

yield  

% 

0.0 

2.0 

2.0 

life  

(years) 

0.9–2.9 

0.9–2.9 

0.9–2.9 

(i)  Grant is in relation to SARs provided to senior employees of the Group which were issued on 19 October 2017. The last expiry date of the rights 

is 20 business days after the release of the Group’s financial report for the year ended 30 June 2020, which is estimated to be around  

(ii)  Grant is in relation to SARs provided to senior employees of the Group which were issued on 18 October 2018. The last expiry date of the rights 

is 20 business days after the release of the Group’s financial report for the year ended 30 June 2021, which is estimated to be around  

(iii)  Grant is in relation to SARs provided to senior employees of the Group which were issued on 24 October 2019. The last expiry date of the rights 

is 20 business days after the release of the Group’s financial report for the year ended 30 June 2022, which is estimated to be around  

30 September 2020. 

30 September 2021. 

30 September 2022. 

Accounting policy 

The grant date fair value of share-based payment awards granted to employees is recognised as an employee expense, 

with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period that the employees unconditionally become entitled to the awards. 

The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the number of awards for which the related service and non-

market vesting conditions are expected to be met, such that the amount ultimately recognised as an expense is based on 

the number of awards that meet the related services and non-market performance conditions at the vesting date. For 

share-based payment awards with non-vesting conditions, the grant date fair value of the share-based payment is 

measured to reflect such conditions and there is no true-up for differences between expected and actual outcomes. 

Fair value measurement and key estimates  

The grant date fair value of employee share rights is measured using the Monte Carlo simulation model. This value is 

determined by an appropriately qualified independent expert commissioned by the Directors. Inputs to the determination of 

fair value are subjective and include the market value of the Company share price on the grant date, expected volatility 

(based on weighted average historic volatility adjusted for changes expected due to publicly available information) of the 

Company’s share price, the risk-free interest rate, the dividend yield, the expected life of the share rights, the probability of 

occurrence of certain events and the exercise price. Service and non-market performance conditions attached to the 

transactions are not taken into account in determining fair value. Certain of these inputs are estimates. 

The Directors review the methodologies used by the expert and make enquiries with management to assure themselves 

that the factual information used by the expert is correct prior to relying on the expert’s opinion. 

30. Auditor’s remuneration 

In AUD 

Audit services – auditors of the Company 

KPMG Australia 

Overseas KPMG firm 

Other services – auditors of the Company 

Taxation compliance services: 

Overseas KPMG firm 

2020 

2019 

321,000 

113,000 

434,000 

315,000  

141,000  

456,000  

188,000 

188,000 

186,000 

186,000 

68

68    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    69 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inputs for measurement of grant date fair value 
The following factors and assumptions were used in determining the fair value of the SARs on the grant date: 

Grant date 
19 Oct 2017(i) 
18 Oct 2018(ii) 
24 Oct 2019(iii) 

Expiry date 

Value per SAR 
$ 
30 Sept 2020  0.12 – 0.23 
30 Sept 2021  0.20 – 0.31 
30 Sept 2022  0.26 – 0.46 

VWAP (for the 20 
business days 
prior to the grant) 
$ 
1.04 
1.23 
2.13 

Price of  
shares on 
grant date 
$ 
0.98 
1.23 
2.04 

Expected 
volatility 
% 
40 
40 
40 

Risk-free 
interest rate  
% 
1.78–2.08 
1.99–2.07 
0.73-0.76 

Dividend 
yield  
% 
0.0 
2.0 
2.0 

Expected  
life  
(years) 
0.9–2.9 
0.9–2.9 
0.9–2.9 

(i)  Grant is in relation to SARs provided to senior employees of the Group which were issued on 19 October 2017. The last expiry date of the rights 

is 20 business days after the release of the Group’s financial report for the year ended 30 June 2020, which is estimated to be around  
30 September 2020. 

(ii)  Grant is in relation to SARs provided to senior employees of the Group which were issued on 18 October 2018. The last expiry date of the rights 

is 20 business days after the release of the Group’s financial report for the year ended 30 June 2021, which is estimated to be around  
30 September 2021. 

(iii)  Grant is in relation to SARs provided to senior employees of the Group which were issued on 24 October 2019. The last expiry date of the rights 

is 20 business days after the release of the Group’s financial report for the year ended 30 June 2022, which is estimated to be around  
30 September 2022. 

Accounting policy 
The grant date fair value of share-based payment awards granted to employees is recognised as an employee expense, 
with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period that the employees unconditionally become entitled to the awards. 
The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the number of awards for which the related service and non-
market vesting conditions are expected to be met, such that the amount ultimately recognised as an expense is based on 
the number of awards that meet the related services and non-market performance conditions at the vesting date. For 
share-based payment awards with non-vesting conditions, the grant date fair value of the share-based payment is 
measured to reflect such conditions and there is no true-up for differences between expected and actual outcomes. 

Fair value measurement and key estimates  
The grant date fair value of employee share rights is measured using the Monte Carlo simulation model. This value is 
determined by an appropriately qualified independent expert commissioned by the Directors. Inputs to the determination of 
fair value are subjective and include the market value of the Company share price on the grant date, expected volatility 
(based on weighted average historic volatility adjusted for changes expected due to publicly available information) of the 
Company’s share price, the risk-free interest rate, the dividend yield, the expected life of the share rights, the probability of 
occurrence of certain events and the exercise price. Service and non-market performance conditions attached to the 
transactions are not taken into account in determining fair value. Certain of these inputs are estimates. 

The Directors review the methodologies used by the expert and make enquiries with management to assure themselves 
that the factual information used by the expert is correct prior to relying on the expert’s opinion. 

30. Auditor’s remuneration 

In AUD 
Audit services – auditors of the Company 
KPMG Australia 
Overseas KPMG firm 

Other services – auditors of the Company 

Taxation compliance services: 
Overseas KPMG firm 

2020 

2019 

321,000 
113,000 
434,000 

315,000  
141,000  

456,000  

188,000 

188,000 

186,000 

186,000 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    69 

69

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’  
DECLARATION

Directors’ Declaration 

1.  In the opinion of the Directors of Enero Group Limited (the Company): 

(a)  the consolidated financial statements and notes, set out on pages 31 to 69 and the Remuneration Report in the 

Directors’ Report, set out on pages 17 to 30 are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including: 

(i)  giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 30 June 2020 and of its performance for the 

financial year ended on that date; and 

(ii)  complying with Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and the 

Corporations Regulations 2001; and 

(b)  there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become 

due and payable. 

2.  There are reasonable grounds to believe the Company and entities identified in Note 24 will be able to meet any 

obligations or liabilities to which they are or may become subject by virtue of the Deed of Cross Guarantee between 
the Company and those entities pursuant to ASIC Class Order 98/1418. 

3.  The Directors have been given the declarations by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer for the 

financial year ended 30 June 2020 pursuant to section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001. 

4.  The Directors draw attention to Note 1(b) to the consolidated financial statements, which includes a statement of 

compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards. 

Dated at Sydney this 26th day of August 2020. 

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors: 

Ann Sherry AO 

Chair 

70

70    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

TO THE MEMBERS OF ENERO GROUP LIMITED

Independent Auditor’s Report 

To the shareholders of Enero Group Limited 

Report on the audit of the Financial Report

Opinion 

We have audited the Financial Report of 
Enero Group Limited (the Company). 

In our opinion, the accompanying Financial 
Report of the Company is in accordance 
with the Corporations Act 2001, including: 





giving a true and fair view of the
Group's financial position as at 30 June
2020 and of its financial performance for
the year ended on that date; and

complying with Australian Accounting
Standards and the Corporations
Regulations 2001.

The Financial Report comprises: 

 Consolidated statement of financial position as at 30

June 2020

 Consolidated income statement , consolidated

statement of comprehensive income, consolidated
statement of changes in equity, and consolidated
statement of cash flows for the year then ended;

 Notes including a summary of significant accounting

policies;

 Directors' Declaration.

The Group consists of the Company and the entities it 
controlled at the year-end or from time to time during the 
financial year. 

Basis for opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. We believe that the audit 
evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 

Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the 
audit of the Financial Report section of our report. 

We are independent of the Group in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical 
requirements of the Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for 
Professional Accountants (the Code) that are relevant to our audit of the Financial Report in Australia. We 
have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the Code. 

71

KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member 
firm of the KPMG network of independent member 
firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative 
(“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity. 

Liability limited by a scheme approved 
under Professional Standards 
Legislation. 

71

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

TO THE MEMBERS OF ENERO GROUP LIMITED

Key Audit Matters 

The Key Audit Matters we identified are: 

 Revenue recognition;

 Annual impairment testing of goodwill

and intangible assets; and



Fair value of contingent consideration.

Key Audit Matters are those matters that, in our 
professional judgement, were of most significance in 
our audit of the Financial Report of the current period. 

These matters were addressed in the context of our 
audit of the Financial Report as a whole, and in forming 
our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate 
opinion on these matters. 

Revenue recognition ($268.7 million) 

Refer to Note  3 to the financial report 

The key audit matter 

How the matter was addressed in our audit 

The recognition of revenue is a key audit matter due 
to the: 

Our procedures included: 

 We selected a sample of significant



Significance of revenue to the financial
statements.

 Group’s policy to recognise revenue over time
based on a measure of progress estimation for
each specific contract. These estimations are
based on the relative value of services
completed (work in progress) to the total
expected contracted value of the service for
each specific contract. This is a manual
process, which involves judgement, increasing
the risk of error and therefore requiring
substantial audit effort.

contracts entered into during the year and
considered the relevant features of the
underlying contracts, including what the
group identified as performance obligations,
in assessing the revenue recognition against
the accounting standard and the Group’s
policy.

 We selected a statistical sample from total
revenue recognised and performed the
following procedures:

-

-

For services completed, we compared
details to customer invoices issued,
customer estimate approvals, evidence
of service completion and subsequent
cash receipt.

For services in progress we compared
the total revenue from the expected
contracted value of the service to signed
customer contracts, and applied the
estimated measure of progress to the
expected contract value to recalculate
revenue recognised. We obtained
supporting evidence such as job cost
report to test the occurrence and
measurement of the stage of delivery.

72

72 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020For contracts that are open at period end, we  
assessed the amount of revenue recognised and 
work in progress by:  

-

-

Checking the work in progress to signed
customer approvals for the services
performed and internal time costs
incurred.
Recalculating the measure of progress,
considering the contract terms and work
in progress.

 We assessed the disclosures in the financial
report in accordance with the requirements
of AASB 15 and evidence obtained from our
procedures above.

Annual impairment testing of goodwill and intangible assets ($109.1 million) 

Refer to Note 11 to the financial report 

The key audit matter 

How the matter was addressed in our audit 

The Group’s annual testing of goodwill and 
intangible assets for impairment is a key audit 
matter, given the size of the balance and the degree 
of judgement involved in the significant forward-
looking assumptions the Group applied in their value 
in use model, including: 





Forecast operating cash flows – there is
uncertainty around future cash flows due to the
short term, non-recurring nature of customer
contracts. There is also a heightened
uncertainty caused by disruptive effects of
COVID-19 pandemic increasing the risk of
inaccurate forecasts or a significantly wider
range of possible outcomes for us to consider.

Forecast growth rates and terminal growth
rates – in addition to the uncertainties
described above, the Group’s model is
sensitive to small changes in these
assumptions, reducing available headroom.
This drives additional audit effort specific to
their feasibility and consistency of application to
the Group’s strategy.

Our procedures included: 

 We considered the appropriateness of the

value in use method applied by the Group to
perform the annual test of goodwill for
impairment against the requirements of the
accounting standards.

 We assessed the integrity of the value in use

model used, including the accuracy of
underlying calculation formulas.

 We assessed the basis of preparing cash

flow forecasts, considering the accuracy of
previous forecast and budgets and current
trading performance in a COVID-19
economic environment.

 We compared the base forecast cash flows

to current year actual results including the
period impacted by COVID-19 or Board
approved budget, as appropriate.

 We checked the consistency of the growth

rates to the Group’s latest forecasts
approved by the Board, past performance of
the Group, and growth rates achieved in the
industry in which they operate.

73 

73

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

TO THE MEMBERS OF ENERO GROUP LIMITED

  Discount rates – these are complicated in 

  Working with our valuation specialists, we 

 

nature and vary according to the conditions and 
environment the specific Cash Generating Unit 
(CGU) is subject to from time to time. The 
Group’s modelling is sensitive to small changes 
in the discount rate. We involve our valuations 
specialists and senior team members with the 
assessment. 

The Group uses a complex model to perform 
their annual testing of goodwill for impairment. 
The model is largely manually developed, and 
uses adjusted historical performance and a 
range of internal and external sources as inputs 
to the assumptions. Complex modelling using 
forward-looking assumptions tend to be prone 
to greater risk for potential bias, error and 
inconsistent application. These conditions 
necessitate additional scrutiny by us, in 
particular to address the objectivity of sources 
used for assumptions, and their consistent 
application. 

independently developed a discount rate 
range considered comparable using publicly 
available market data for comparable 
entities, adjusted by risk factors specific to 
the Group and the industry it operates in. 

  We performed sensitivity analysis by varying 
key assumptions, such as forecast growth 
rates, terminal growth rates and discount 
rates, within a reasonably possible range, to 
identify those assumptions at a higher risk of 
bias or inconsistency in application. 

  We assessed the disclosures in the financial 
report using our understanding of the matter 
obtained from our testing and against the 
requirements of the accounting standards. 

Fair value of contingent consideration ($25.5 million) 

Refer to Note 13 to the financial report  

The key audit matter 

How the matter was addressed in our audit 

Contingent consideration payable by the Group  in 
connection with a business combination is initially 
recognised at fair value, and subsequently assessed 
at each period end. The Group has two contingent 
consideration amounts payable relating to the 
acquisition of Eastwick Communications (Eastwick) 
and Orchard Marketing (Orchard). There is 
uncertainty around the actual contingent 
consideration payments that will be made by the 
Group, as it is subject to the performance of 
Orchard Marketing subsequent to the reporting date 
and due to the short term, non-recurring nature of 
customer contracts in the contingent period. The 
contingent consideration period ended on 30 June 
2020 for Eastwick and the amount payable is not 
subject to the future performance of Eastwick..  

Our procedures included: 

  We assessed the Group’s determination of 
the contingent consideration against the 
contractual terms of the underlying sale and 
purchase agreement and the criteria in the 
accounting standards. 

  We checked the integrity of the Group’s fair 
value of contingent consideration model 
including accuracy of the underlying 
calculation formula. 

  We assessed the accuracy of previous EBIT 

forecasts to inform our evaluation of 
forecasts incorporated in the model. 

  We compared the Orchard EBIT forecast to 

current year actual results or Board approved 
budget, as appropriate. 

74

74 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The fair value of contingent consideration is a key 
audit matter due to the judgement required by us in 
assessing the feasibility of forward looking 
assumptions in relation to the expected 
performance of Orchard. We focused on EBIT 
forecasts of Orchard as the key assumption the 
Group applied in their fair value estimate of 
contingent consideration. 

  We inquired with management of Orchard  
about expected future performance of the 
business. 

  We compared the Orchard EBIT forecasts 

for consistency to those used, and tested by 
us, in the impairment testing of goodwill and 
intangible assets key audit matter. 

  We compared the Eastwick EBIT inputs in 
the model to actual EBIT achieved for 
consistency and compared the liability to 
correspondence with the vendors of 
Eastwick Communications for consistency. 
We tested the Group’s reconciliation of 
carrying amounts of contingent consideration 
to the financial statements, including 
comparing payments made to bank 
statements. 

  We assessed the disclosures in the financial 
report, including sensitivity analysis, using 
our understanding obtained from our testing 
and against the requirements of the 
accounting standards. 

Other Information 

Other Information is financial and non-financial information in Enero Group Limited’s annual reporting 
which is provided in addition to the Financial Report and the Auditor’s Report. The Directors are 
responsible for the Other Information. 

Our opinion on the Financial Report does not cover the Other Information and, accordingly, we do not 
express an audit opinion or any form of assurance conclusion thereon, with the exception of the 
Remuneration Report and our related assurance opinion. 

In connection with our audit of the Financial Report, our responsibility is to read the Other Information. In 
doing so, we consider whether the Other Information is materially inconsistent with the Financial Report or 
our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. 

We are required to report if we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this Other Information, 
and based on the work we have performed on the Other Information that we obtained prior to the date of 
this Auditor’s Report we have nothing to report. 

75 

75

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

TO THE MEMBERS OF ENERO GROUP LIMITED

Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report 

The Directors are responsible for: 

  preparing the Financial Report that gives a true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting 

Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 

 

implementing necessary internal control to enable the preparation of a Financial Report that gives a 
true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error 

  assessing the Group and Company's ability to continue as a going concern and whether the use of the 
going concern basis of accounting is appropriate. This includes disclosing, as applicable, matters 
related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to 
liquidate the Group and Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report 

Our objective is:  

 

 

to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Financial Report as a whole is free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; and  

to issue an Auditor’s Report that includes our opinion.  

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in 
accordance with Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error. They are considered material if, individually or in the 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the 
basis of the Financial Report. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report is located at the Auditing 
and Assurance Standards Board website at: http://www.auasb.gov.au/auditors_responsibilities/ar1.pdf. 
This description forms part of our Auditor’s Report. 

76

76 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report on the Remuneration Report 

Opinion 

Directors’ responsibilities 

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of 
Enero Group Limited for the year ended 30 
June 2020, complies with Section 300A of 
the Corporations Act 2001. 

The Directors of the Company are responsible for the 
preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report in 
accordance with Section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.  

Our responsibilities 

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 
23 to 30 of the Directors’ report for the year ended 30 June 
2020.  

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in 
accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. 

KPMG 

Caoimhe Toouli 
Partner 

Sydney 
26 August 2020 

77 

77

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LEAD AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE 
DECLARATION

UNDER SECTION 307 OF THE CORPORATIONS ACT 2001

Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration under 
Section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 

To the Directors of Enero Group Limited 

I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to the audit of Enero Group Limited 
for the financial year ended 30 June 2020 there have been: 

i. 

ii. 

no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as set out in the 
Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and 

no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit. 

KPMG  

Caoimhe Toouli 
Partner 

Sydney 
26 August 2020 

ASX additional information 

Substantial shareholders 

Shareholder 

RG Capital Multimedia Limited 

NAOS Asset Management Limited 

Perpetual Limited 

Regal Funds Management Pty Limited 

Wilson Asset Management 

Forager Funds Management Limited 

Bank of America Corporation 

Unquoted equity securities 

Range 

1 – 1,000 

1,001 – 5,000 

5,001 – 10,000 

10,001 – 100,000 

100,001 and over 

Additional information required by the Australian Securities Exchange Limited Listing Rules and not disclosed elsewhere in 

this report is set out below. The shareholder information set out below was applicable at 31 July 2020. 

The number of ordinary shares held by substantial shareholders and their associates is set out below: 

Number 

15,223,268 

13,274,636 

12,684,755 

7,800,760 

7,553,907 

5,450,474 

4,549,401 

124,456 

712,828 

770,088 

3,593,525 

80,873,962 

86,074,859 

% of issued 

capital 

26.76 

15.22 

8.16 

5.77 

5.24 

5.16 

4.30 

3.80 

2.96 

2.12 

1.94 

1.89 

1.37 

1.35 

1.32 

0.92 

0.81 

0.73 

0.49 

0.42 

250 

277 

101 

117 

34 

779 

Units 

23,036,347 

13,097,877 

7,025,156 

4,964,893 

4,511,945 

4,439,060 

3,703,272 

3,269,079 

2,548,301 

1,826,255 

1,667,025 

1,630,102 

1,178,742 

1,159,020 

1,133,176 

788,637 

698,166 

632,629 

420,000 

363,648 

As at 31 July 2020 there were no options granted over unissued ordinary shares in the Company. 

Voting rights 

Ordinary shares – refer to Note 17 Capital and reserves. 

Distribution of equity security holders: 

Number of equity 

security holders 

Ordinary shares 

The number of shareholders holding less than a marketable parcel of ordinary shares is 77. 

Twenty largest shareholders 

Rank  Name 

1  HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 

2  National Nominees Limited 

3  JP Morgan Nominees Australia Pty Limited 

4  UBS Nominees Pty Ltd 

5  RG Capital Multimedia Limited 

6  Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 

7  Irish Global Equity Limited 

8  RG Capital Multimedia Limited 

9  CH Global Pty Ltd  

10  Brispot Nominees Pty Ltd  

11  Irish Global Equity Limited 

12  Mr Felice Testini  

13  Merrill Lynch (Australia) Nominees Pty Limited 

14  RG Capital Multimedia Limited 

15  CS Third Nominees Pty Limited  

16  Mrs Antonia Caroline Collopy 

17  CS Fourth Nominees Pty Limited  

18  Irish Global Equity Limited 

19  Hawkdun Pty Ltd  

20  Mr Brendan York 

Total 

78,093,330 

90.73 

78

78 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    79 

KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG 
network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG 

International Cooperative (“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity. 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under 
Professional Standards Legislation. 

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ASX ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

ASX additional information 

Additional information required by the Australian Securities Exchange Limited Listing Rules and not disclosed elsewhere in 
this report is set out below. The shareholder information set out below was applicable at 31 July 2020. 

Substantial shareholders 

The number of ordinary shares held by substantial shareholders and their associates is set out below: 

Shareholder 
RG Capital Multimedia Limited 

NAOS Asset Management Limited 

Perpetual Limited 

Regal Funds Management Pty Limited 

Wilson Asset Management 

Forager Funds Management Limited 

Bank of America Corporation 

Unquoted equity securities 

Number 
15,223,268 

13,274,636 

12,684,755 

7,800,760 

7,553,907 

5,450,474 

4,549,401 

As at 31 July 2020 there were no options granted over unissued ordinary shares in the Company. 

Voting rights 

Ordinary shares – refer to Note 17 Capital and reserves. 

Distribution of equity security holders: 

Range 
1 – 1,000 
1,001 – 5,000 
5,001 – 10,000 
10,001 – 100,000 
100,001 and over 

Number of equity 
security holders 
250 
277 
101 
117 
34 
779 

Ordinary shares 
124,456 
712,828 
770,088 
3,593,525 
80,873,962 
86,074,859 

The number of shareholders holding less than a marketable parcel of ordinary shares is 77. 

Twenty largest shareholders 

Rank  Name 

1  HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 
2  National Nominees Limited 
3  JP Morgan Nominees Australia Pty Limited 
4  UBS Nominees Pty Ltd 
5  RG Capital Multimedia Limited 
6  Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 
7  Irish Global Equity Limited 
8  RG Capital Multimedia Limited 
9  CH Global Pty Ltd  

10  Brispot Nominees Pty Ltd  
11  Irish Global Equity Limited 
12  Mr Felice Testini  
13  Merrill Lynch (Australia) Nominees Pty Limited 
14  RG Capital Multimedia Limited 
15  CS Third Nominees Pty Limited  
16  Mrs Antonia Caroline Collopy 
17  CS Fourth Nominees Pty Limited  
18  Irish Global Equity Limited 
19  Hawkdun Pty Ltd  
20  Mr Brendan York 

Total 

Units 
23,036,347 
13,097,877 
7,025,156 
4,964,893 
4,511,945 
4,439,060 
3,703,272 
3,269,079 
2,548,301 
1,826,255 
1,667,025 
1,630,102 
1,178,742 
1,159,020 
1,133,176 
788,637 
698,166 
632,629 
420,000 
363,648 
78,093,330 

% of issued 
capital 
26.76 
15.22 
8.16 
5.77 
5.24 
5.16 
4.30 
3.80 
2.96 
2.12 
1.94 
1.89 
1.37 
1.35 
1.32 
0.92 
0.81 
0.73 
0.49 
0.42 
90.73 

Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    79 

79

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE DIRECTORY

Corporate Directory 

Company Secretary 
Brendan York 

Principal Registered Office 
Enero Group Limited 
Level 2, 100 Harris Street 
Pyrmont NSW 2009 Australia 
Telephone: +61 2 8213 3031 
Email: companysecretary@enero.com 

Share Registry 
Link Market Services Limited 
Locked Bag A14 
Sydney South NSW 1235 Australia 
Telephone: 1300 554 474 
Outside Australia: +61 2 8280 7111 
Facsimile: +61 2 9287 0303 

Securities Exchange 
The Company is listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX Code: EGG). 

The home exchange is Sydney. 

Other Information  
Enero Group Limited, incorporated and domiciled in Australia, is a publicly listed company limited by shares. 

Solicitors 
Gilbert + Tobin 
International Towers Sydney 2 
200 Barangaroo Avenue 
Sydney NSW 2000 Australia 

Auditors 
KPMG  
International Towers Sydney 3 
300 Barangaroo Avenue 
Sydney NSW 2000 Australia 

80

80    Enero Group Limited Annual Report 2020    

Enero Group Limited – Annual Report 2020